/raid1/www/Hosts/bankrupt/TCR_Public/240524.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Friday, May 24, 2024, Vol. 28, No. 144

                            Headlines

125 BROAD PARTNERS: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
17059 WANDERING: Case Summary & Three Unsecured Creditors
1719 CORCORAN: Property Sale Proceeds to Fund Plan Payments
257 WASHINGTON: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
72ND AVENUE: Wins Interim Cash Collateral Access

AEROFABB LLC: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to June 5
ALEXANDRIA ADULT: Case Summary & One Unsecured Creditor
ALTA EQUIPMENT: Moody's Rates New $500MM 2nd Lien Notes 'B3'
AMERICAN WATER: Subsidiary Continues to Defend Jeffries Class Suit
APPTECH PAYMENTS: Receives Nasdaq Deficiency Letter

ASTRA ACQUISITION: Sixth Street Marks $43MM Loan at 59% Off
ASTRA AQUISITION: BlackRock TCP Marks $27.8MM Loan at 71% Off
AVENIR WELLNESS: Urish Popeck Raises Going Concern Doubt
BANGL LLC: S&P Affirms 'BB-' ICR on Term Loan B Add-On
BARTLEY INVESTMENTS: Case Summary & 20 Top Unsecured Creditors

BEND ARCH: Unsecureds Will Get 50% of Claims over 120 Months
BLACK OPS: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
BOISE CASCADE: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Ba1' CFR to Positive
BRIGHT STEPS: Business Income to Fund Plan Payments
CALIFORNIA RESOURCES: Fitch Rates Unsec. Notes Due 2029 'BB-'

CALIFORNIA RESOURCES: Moody's Rates New Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B2'
CARROLS RESTAURANT: S&P Withdraw 'B-' Issuer Credit Rating
CHOICE MARKET: Court OKs Interim Cash Collateral Access
COASTAL CONSTRUCTION: Case Summary & 11 Unsecured Creditors
COMSERO INC: Unsecureds Will Get 11.7% of Claims in Plan

CONG. BETH JOSEPH: Case Summary & Nine Unsecured Creditors
CORDIAL LOGISTICS: Taps Sheehan & Associates as Bankruptcy Counsel
CREAGER MERCANTILE: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
CRUZIN AUTO: Court OKs Cash Collateral Access on Final Basis
DESERT HEIGHTS: Moody's Rates Series 2024 Education Bonds 'Ba2'

DYNATA LLC: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
EAST WEST: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B-' ICR
EDELMAN FINANCIAL: Moody's Rates New $575MM 2nd Lien Loan 'Caa2'
EPICOR SOFTWARE: Moody's Rates New First Lien Loans 'B2'
EQUALTOX LLC: Court OKs Cash Collateral Access Thru Aug 10

FORUM ENERGY: S&P Alters Outlook to Negative, Affirms 'B' ICR
FORWARD AIR: Fitch Lowers LongTerm IDR to 'B', Outlook Stable
GATES CORP: S&P Rates New $500MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'B+'
GATES GLOBAL: Moody's Rates New $1.3BB Sr. Secured Term Loan 'Ba2'
GLOBAL MEDICAL: S&P Raises ICR to 'B-' After Debt Modification

GO DADDY: S&P Affirms 'BB' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
GOFOR INDUSTRIES: Trinity Capital Marks $200,000 Loan at 67% Off
GOFOR INDUSTRIES: Trinity Capital Marks $9.7MM Loan at 55% Off
GRAY TELEVISION: Fitch Alters Outlook on 'BB-' LongTerm IDR to Neg.
GRAY TELEVISION: Moody's Rates New Senior Secured Debts 'Ba3'

H&H ENTERPRISES: Court OKs Cash Collateral Access on Final Basis
HIS STORY: Unsecured Creditors to Split $25K in Subchapter V Plan
ICON AIRCRAFT: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
IMA FINANCIAL: Moody's Affirms B3 CFR, Outlook Stable
INH BUYER: BlackRock TCP Marks $7.3MM Loan at 25% Off

JELD-WEN INC: Moody's Affirms Ba3 CFR & Ups Unsecured Notes to B1
JM WAYS: Bid to Use Cash Collateral Denied as Moot
JOANN INC: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B-' on Emergence From Bankruptcy
LA HACIENDA: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
LAND O'LAKES CAPITAL: Moody's Affirms 'Ba1' CFR, Outlook Stable

LBM ACQUISITION: Moody's Rates New Secured 1st Lien Term Loan 'B3'
LEONA TRANSPORTATION: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to August 26
LYONS COMPANIES: Hires SC&H Group Inc. as Investment Banker
NEXTCAR HOLDING: Trinity Capital Marks $4.5MM Loan at 46% Off
ODYSSEY MARINE: Grant Thornton Raises Going Concern Doubt

OLD SCHOOL: Unsecureds to Get Share of GUC Distribution Pool
OMNIA PARTNERS: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'B2' CFR to Negative
ONE MORE RECOVERY: Court OKs Cash Collateral Access on Final Basis
OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS: Moody's Rates New Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B2'
PAIN MEDICINE: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors

PARK ROCK: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
PENNYMAC FINANCIAL: Moody's Rates New $650MM Unsecured Notes 'Ba3'
PLATINUM COACH: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to September 3
PLEASANT HEIGHTS: Unsecureds Will Get 100% of Claims in 60 Months
PRESBYTERIAN VILLAGE: Fitch Lowers IDR to 'BB-', Outlook Negative

PROSOMNUS INC: Prepack Plan to Hand Company to Noteholders
PROSOMNUS INC: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
PROSPERITAS LEADERSHIP: Court OKs Cash Access on Final Basis
REECE GREEN: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
RELIABLE HEALTHCARE: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to August 16

RXO INC: S&P Lowers Issuer Credit Rating to 'BB', Outlook Stable
SAM ASH: U.S. Trustee Appoints Creditors' Committee
SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES: S&P Rates New $500MM Unsecured Notes 'BB+'
STENSON LANDSCAPE: Unsecureds to Get $6,300 per Month over 5 Years
STEWARD HEALTH: Seeks to Hire Ordinary Course Professionals

STEWARD HEALTH: Seeks to Hire Weil, Gotshal & Manges as Counsel
STORYFILE INC: Seeks $900,000 DIP Loan from Key 7
STRATEGIC PORK: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
SUPPLY SOURCE: Files for Chapter 11 to Facilitate Sale
SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED: Fitch Affirms 'BB' IDR, Outlook Stable

SYRACUSE INDUSTRIAL: Fitch Ups Rating on 2016A/B PILOT Bonds to CC
TALEN ENERGY: S&P Affirms 'B+' ICR on Repricing Transaction
THERAPY BRANDS: Moody's Lowers CFR to Caa1 & First Lien Loans to B3
THRASIO LLC: BlackRock TCP Marks $40.9MM Loan at 65% Off
THRIVE MERGER: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR on Improved Operating Results

TRI-STATE SOLUTIONS: Case Summary & 12 Unsecured Creditors
UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS: Case Summary & 19 Unsecured Creditors
UNIVISION COMMUNICATIONS: S&P Rates New Senior Secured Debt 'B+'
VESTA ENERGY: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B-', Outlook Stable
VESTOGE FREDERICK: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to August 19

VIVAKOR INC: Nasdaq Bid Price Compliance Restored
WERNER FINCO: Moody's Hikes CFR to Caa1 & Alters Outlook to Stable
WORKSPORT LTD: Recurring Losses Raise Going Concern Doubt
WW INTERNATIONAL: 5 of 6 Proposals OK'd at Annual Meeting
ZEBRA TECHNOLOGIES: Moody's Affirms 'Ba1' CFR, Outlook Stable

ZEVRA THERAPEUTICS: 3 of 4 Proposals OK'd at Annual Meeting
ZOE CLEANING: Unsecureds to Get Share of Income for 3 Years
[^] BOOK REVIEW: The First Junk Bond

                            *********

125 BROAD PARTNERS: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: 125 Broad Partners LLC
        543 Bedford Avenue
        Brooklyn, NY 11211

Business Description: The Debtor is engaged in activities related
                      to real estate.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 22, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 24-42130

Judge: Hon. Elizabeth S Stong

Debtor's Counsel: Jonathan S. Pasternak, Esq.
                  DAVIDOFF HUTCHER & CITRON LLP
                  605 Third Avenue
                  34th Floor
                  New York, NY 10158
                  Tel: 212 557 7200
                  Fax: 212 286 1884

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by David Goldwasser as chief restructuring
officer.

The Debtor failed to attach in the petition a list of its 20
largest unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/C5KBPFI/125_Broad_Partners_LLC__nyebke-24-42130__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


17059 WANDERING: Case Summary & Three Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: 17059 Wandering Wave LLC
        17059 Wandering Wave Ave
        Boca Raton, FL 33496

Business Description: The Debtor is a Single Asset Real Estate
                      as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B).
                      The Debtor is the owner of a real property
                      located at 17059 Wandering Wave Ave, Boca
                      Raton, FL valued at $2.35 million.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 23, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Florida

Case No.: 24-15073

Judge: Hon. Erik P. Kimball

Debtor's Counsel: Susan D Lasky, Esq.
                  SUSAN D. LASKY, PA
                  320 SE 18 Street
                  Fort Lauderdale, FL 33316
                  Tel: 954-400-7474
                  Email: Jessica@SueLasky.com

Total Assets: $2,350,005

Total Liabilities: $2,022,636

The petition was signed by Ivan Hyppolite as managing member.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's three unsecured creditors is available for
free at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/7TUADBQ/17059_Wandering_Wave_LLC__flsbke-24-15073__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


1719 CORCORAN: Property Sale Proceeds to Fund Plan Payments
-----------------------------------------------------------
1719 Corcoran Limited Liability Company filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Columbia a Subchapter V Plan
of Liquidation dated May 6, 2024.

The Debtor is a District of Columbia limited liability company,
ultimately controlled and managed by Justin Thornton.

The Debtor's primary assets consist of 1717 Corcoran and 1719
Corcoran, each a 2-unit townhouse apartment located within blocks
of the Dupont Circle metro station. The assets, as apartment
buildings, are valued at $2 million each.

Wilmington Savings asserts a $3,235,407.03 claim against the 1719
Building. US Bank asserts a $2,728,512.38 claim against the 1717
Building. Other creditors assert secured claims in junior position,
but because such claims do not attach to any equity, those
creditors are treated as unsecured.

The Debtor estimates approximately $1.5 million in allowable
general unsecured claims, after objections are filed. The Debtor
disputes certain of the claims.

The treatment in this Plan is in full and complete satisfaction of
all of the legal, contractual, and equitable rights that each
Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest may have in or against the
Debtor, the Estate or the Debtor's property. This treatment
supersedes and replaces any agreements or rights those Holders have
in or against the Debtor, the Estate or property of the Debtor or
the Estate.

Class 4 consists of all General Unsecured Claims. Each holder of an
Allowed Class 4 Claim shall receive from the Debtor, in full and
complete settlement, satisfaction and discharge of its Allowed
Class 4 Claim, a pro rata portion of the Net Payments and Avoidance
Action proceeds (such pro rata share to be paid after payment of
the legal fees incurred by the Trustee, if any). Class 4 is
impaired under this Plan and, therefore, Holders of Class 4 Claims
are entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

Class 5 consists of the equity interests in the Debtor. The holders
of the equity interest in the Debtor, Bansir Capital, LLC shall
retain its 100% equity interest in the Debtor. Holders of equity
interests in the Debtor are unimpaired and not entitled to vote on
the Plan.

All property of the Estate shall revest in the Debtor on the
Effective Date, free and clear of all other liens, claims,
interests and encumbrances, except for the liens specifically
preserved or created by this Plan.

After Class 2 Claimants have received $2 million from the sale of
units in the 1719 Building and Class 3 Claimants have received $2
million from the sale of units in the 1717 Building, all remaining
proceeds shall be paid to holders of administrative claims, and
then to holders of priority claims, and then to holders of General
Unsecured Claims.

In order to maximize the value of the Properties, the Debtor will
convert each Property into a 2-unit condominium, and sell each unit
individually, free an clear of liens.

After conversion to condominiums, the Debtor anticipates the
following sale prices for the units:

     * 1717 Building, Unit 1: $2 million to $2.1 million

     * 1717 Building, Unit B: $950,000 to $1.1 million

     * 1719 Building, Unit 1: $1.3 million to $1.5 million

     * 1719 Building, Unit 2: $1.7 million to $1.9 million

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Liquidating Plan dated May 6,
2024 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=rgDmtZ from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Janet M. Nesse, Esq.
     Justin P. Fasano, Esq.
     MCNAMEE HOSEA, P.A.
     6404 Ivy Lane, Suite 820
     Greenbelt, MD 20770
     Tel: (301) 441-2420
     Email: jnesse@mhlawyers.com
            jfasano@mhlawyers.com

       About 1719 Corcoran Limited Liability Company

1719 Corcoran Limited Liability Company is a Washington, DC-based
company engaged in activities related to real estate.

The Debtor filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.D.C. Case No. 24-00034) on Feb. 6, 2024,
with $1 million to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Justin P. Fasano, Esq., at McNamee Hosea, P.A. represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


257 WASHINGTON: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-------------------------------------------------
Debtor: 257 Washington Avenue LLC
        43 East 16th Street
        Brooklyn, NY 11226

Business Description: 257 Washington is a Single Asset Real
                      Estate debtor (as defined in 11 U.S.C.
                      Section 101(51B)).

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 22, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 24-71960

Judge: Hon. Alan S. Trust

Debtor's Counsel: Gregg Star, Esq.
                  THE STAR LAW FIRM P.C.
                  1301 Harbor Road
                  Hewlett NY 11557
                  Tel: 516-399-7827
                  Email: gregg@thestarlawfirm.com

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Serabjit Sigh Malhotra as member.

The Debtor failed to attach in the petition a list of its 20
largest unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/5VQ5LCA/257_Washington_Avenue_LLC__nyebke-24-71960__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


72ND AVENUE: Wins Interim Cash Collateral Access
------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Oregon authorized
72nd Avenue Property, LLC to use cash collateral, on an interim
basis, in accordance with the budget.

As adequate protection, the Prepetition Lender is granted a
replacement lien on and security interest in the collateral in the
same priority and to the same extent as its lien existed on the
Petition Date which will not enhance or improve the secured
position of the Prepetition Lender.

The replacement lien and security interest granted will be
automatically deemed perfected upon entry of the Order without the
necessity of the Prepetition Lender taking possession of the
collateral or filing financing statements or other documents.

The Debtor will continue to maintain property and casualty
insurance in an amount not less than the amounts maintained as of
the Petition Date with the Prepetition Lender named as loss payee,
and will provide the Prepetition Lender with proof of such
insurance upon request.

      About 72nd Avenue Property, LLC

72nd Avenue Property owns new luxury apartments located at 11740 SW
72nd Avenue, Tigard, OR 97223. The subject property is a five story
mixed-use building located on a 25,634-quare foot site. The
Property has an appraised value of $17.8 million.

72nd Avenue Property, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ore. Case No.
24-31211) on April 30, 2024, listing $17,800,382 in assets and
$14,626,199 in liabilities. The petition was signed by Richard
Cassinelli as managing member.

Judge Peter C. Mckittrick presides over the case.

Theodore J. Piteo, Esq. at Michael D. O'Brien & Associates
represents the Debtor as counsel.


AEROFABB LLC: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to June 5
--------------------------------------------------------
aerofabb, LLC, asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern
District of North Carolina to extend its exclusivity period to file
a chapter 11 plan of reorganization and disclosure statement to
June 5, 2024.

The Debtor claims that the time for filing the Plan of
Reorganization and Disclosure Statement has not yet passed.

The Debtor explains that it needs additional time to formulate and
draft the Plan of Reorganization and Disclosure Statement.  

aerofabb, LLC is represented by:

     Stevens Martin, Esq.
     VAUGHN & TADYCH, PLLC
     2225 W. Millbrook Road,
     Raleigh, NC 27612
     Tel.: (919) 582-2300
     Email: komalley@smvt.com

                       About aerofabb LLC

aerofabb, LLC, is a manufacturer of aftermarket aerodynamic
components for both street/race application vehicles which has been
supported and trusted by industry leading brands for over six
years.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 24-00381) on Feb. 6, 2024.  In the
petition signed by Rich Fasanaro, owner/operator, the Debtor
disclosed $500,000 in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Joseph N. Callaway oversees the case.

William P. Janvier, Esq., at Stevens Martin Vaughn & Tadych, PLLC,
is the Debtor's legal counsel.


ALEXANDRIA ADULT: Case Summary & One Unsecured Creditor
-------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Alexandria Adult Primary Care LLC
        5249 Duke St., #1000
        Alexandria, VA 22304

Business Description: Adult Primary is a healthcare company
                      specializing in Internal Medicine.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 23, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Virginia

Case No.: 24-10975

Debtor's Counsel: Diana Lyn Curtis Shutzer, Esq.
                  FOX ROTHSCHILD LLP
                  2020 K Street, N.W.
                  Suite 500
                  Washington, DC 20006
                  Tel: (202) 461-3100
                  Fax: (202) 461-3102
                  Email: dshutzer@foxrothschild.com

Total Assets: $208,641

Total Liabilities: $1,307,627

The petition was signed by Kantha R. Stoll as founder.

The Debtor listed Comcast Business, Attn: Bankruptcy Manager, P.O.
Box 70219, Philadelphia, PA 19176 as its sole unsecured creditor
holding a claim of $320 for internet and phone service.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/3VPPWKQ/Alexandria_Adult_Primary_Care__vaebke-24-10975__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ALTA EQUIPMENT: Moody's Rates New $500MM 2nd Lien Notes 'B3'
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned a B3 rating to Alta Equipment Group Inc.'s
proposed offering of $500 million senior secured second lien notes.
The company's other ratings, including its B2 corporate family
rating, B2-PD probability of default rating, and B3 second lien
senior secured rating are unaffected. The outlook is stable. Alta's
speculative grade liquidity rating remains unchanged at SGL-3.

Alta will use the proceeds from the notes offering, together with
$163 million in new ABL borrowings and $69 million in new floor
plan facility borrowings, to redeem $315 million of existing second
lien secured notes and repay borrowings on the existing ABL and
floor plan facilities. Alta also plans to upsize its ABL to $520
million from $485 million and upsize its floor plan facility to $90
million from $70 million.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Alta's B2 CFR reflects its modest size for a distributor that does
not have national scale with annual revenue of roughly $1.9
billion. Alta also has supplier concentration risk with 47% of its
new equipment, rental fleet, and replacement parts coming from five
suppliers (Hyster-Yale, Volvo, Kubota, Doppstadt, and JCB). The
company also has low operating margin relative to equipment rental
peers because of its business mix that includes lower margin sales
of new equipment. The company also has material handling system
design and consulting services business lines that provide
diversification from the equipment sale and rental business cycle.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation for top line growth
near 5% in 2024 while profitability gradually improves and
debt/EBITDA falls toward 3.5 times.

The SGL-3 speculative grade liquidity rating reflects Moody's
expectation that Alta will have adequate liquidity. Liquidity is
supported by about $347 million of availability under the proposed
$520 million ABL facility that will expire in 2029. Alta also has
cash of about $6 million and Moody's expects free cash flow of
around $30 million in 2024. Free cash flow includes the proceeds
from equipment sales.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded if Alta profitably grows its size and
scale, debt-to-EBITDA is sustained below 3 times and
EBITA-to-interest is sustained above 2 times. In addition, Alta
will need to maintain good liquidity prior to an upgrade.

The ratings could be downgraded if there is a dissolution of the
partnership with any of the company's key suppliers, if
debt-to-EBITDA will be sustained above 4 times, or
EBITA-to-interest is sustained below 1 time. In addition, if the
company's liquidity materially weakens or the company makes a
large, debt funded acquisition the ratings could be downgraded.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Distribution and
Supply Chain Services published in February 2023.

Headquartered in Livonia, Michigan, Alta Equipment Group Inc.
(Alta) mainly distributes construction equipment and parts for more
than 30 original equipment manufacturers. Sales of new and used
equipment accounts for over half of annual revenue. The company
also offers rentals, parts and services for the maintenance and
repair of equipment, and material handling system design and
consulting services. The company is publicly traded on the NYSE
("ALTG").


AMERICAN WATER: Subsidiary Continues to Defend Jeffries Class Suit
------------------------------------------------------------------
American Water Works Co. Inc. disclosed in its Form 10-Q Report for
the quarterly period ending March 31, 2024 filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 2024, that the
Company's subsidiary West Virginia-American Water Company (WVAWC)
continues to defend itself from the Jeffries class suit in West
Virginia Circuit Court in Kanawha County.

On the evening of June 23, 2015, a 36-inch pre-stressed concrete
transmission water main, installed in the early 1970s, failed.

The water main is part of the West Relay pumping station located in
the City of Dunbar, West Virginia and owned by the Company’s West
Virginia subsidiary ("WVAWC").

The failure of the main caused water outages and low pressure for
up to approximately 25,000 WVAWC customers.

In the early morning hours of June 25, 2015, crews completed a
repair, but that same day, the repair developed a leak.

On June 26, 2015, a second repair was completed, and service was
restored that day to approximately 80% of the impacted customers,
and to the remaining approximately 20% by the next morning. The
second repair showed signs of leaking, but the water main was
usable until June 29, 2015, to allow tanks to refill.

The system was reconfigured to maintain service to all but
approximately 3,000 customers while a final repair was being
completed safely on June 30, 2015.

Water service was fully restored by July 1, 2015, to all customers
affected by this event.

On June 2, 2017, a complaint captioned Jeffries, et al. v. West
Virginia-American Water Company was filed in West Virginia Circuit
Court in Kanawha County on behalf of an alleged class of residents
and business owners who lost water service or pressure as a result
of the Dunbar main break.

The complaint alleges breach of contract by WVAWC for failure to
supply water, violation of West Virginia law regarding the
sufficiency of WVAWC's facilities and negligence by WVAWC in the
design, maintenance and operation of the water system.

The Jeffries plaintiffs seek unspecified alleged damages on behalf
of the class for lost profits, annoyance and inconvenience, and
loss of use, as well as punitive damages for willful, reckless and
wanton behavior in not addressing the risk of pipe failure and a
large outage.

In February 2020, the Jeffries plaintiffs filed a motion seeking
class certification on the issues of breach of contract and
negligence, and to determine the applicability of punitive damages
and a multiplier for those damages if imposed.

In July 2020, the Circuit Court entered an order granting the
Jeffries plaintiffs' motion for certification of a class regarding
certain liability issues but denying certification of a class to
determine a punitive damages multiplier.

In August 2020, WVAWC filed a Petition for Writ of Prohibition in
the Supreme Court of Appeals of West Virginia seeking to vacate or
remand the Circuit Court’s order certifying the issues class.

In January 2021, the Supreme Court of Appeals remanded the case
back to the Circuit Court for further consideration in light of a
decision issued in another case relating to the class certification
issues raised on appeal.

In July 2022, the Circuit Court entered an order again certifying a
class to address at trial certain liability issues but not to
consider damages.

In August 2022, WVAWC filed another Petition for Writ of
Prohibition in the Supreme Court of Appeals of West Virginia
challenging the West Virginia Circuit Court's July 2022 order,
which petition was denied on June 8, 2023.

On August 21, 2023, the Circuit Court set a date of September 9,
2024, for a class trial on issues relating to duty and breach of
that duty.

The trial will not find class-wide or punitive damages.

The Company and WVAWC believe that WVAWC has valid, meritorious
defenses to the claims raised in this class action complaint.

WVAWC is vigorously defending itself against these allegations.

American Water Works Company, Inc. is a water utility company
based
in Camden NJ.






APPTECH PAYMENTS: Receives Nasdaq Deficiency Letter
---------------------------------------------------
AppTech Payments Corp. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on May 9, 2024, it
received a deficiency letter from the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications
Department of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC notifying the Company
that, for the last 30 consecutive business days, the closing bid
price for the Company's common stock has been below the minimum
$1.00 per share required for continued listing on The Nasdaq
Capital Market pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2). The
Deficiency Letter has no immediate effect on the listing of the
Company's common stock, and its common stock will continue to trade
on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "APCX" at this time.

In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), the Company
has been given 180 calendar days, or until November 5, 2024, to
regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. If at any
time before November 5, the bid price of the Company's common stock
closes at $1.00 per share or more for a minimum of 10 consecutive
business days, the Staff will provide written confirmation that the
Company has achieved compliance.

If the Company does not regain compliance with the Minimum Bid
Price Requirement by November 5, 2024, the Company may be afforded
a second 180 calendar day period to regain compliance.

The Company intends to monitor the closing bid price of its common
stock and may, if appropriate, consider available options to regain
compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, including
initiating a reverse stock split. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to regain compliance with
the Minimum Bid Price Requirement or will otherwise be in
compliance with other Nasdaq Listing Rules.

                   About AppTech Payments Corp.

AppTech Payments Corp., a Delaware corporation, is a Fintech
Company headquartered in Carlsbad, California. AppTech utilizes
innovative payment processing and digital banking technologies to
complement its core merchant services capabilities.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $8.35 million in total
assets, $4.16 million in total liabilities, and $4.19 million in
total stockholders' equity.

San Diego, California-based DBBMcKennon, the Company's auditor
since 2014, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated April 1, 2024, citing the Company's limited revenues and
recurring losses from operations. These conditions raise
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.


ASTRA ACQUISITION: Sixth Street Marks $43MM Loan at 59% Off
-----------------------------------------------------------
Sixth Street Specialty Lending, Inc has marked its $43,479,000 loan
extended to Astra Acquisition Corp to market at $17,609,000 or 41%
of the outstanding amount, as of March 31, 2024, according to a
disclosure contained in Sixth Street's Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended March 31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

Sixth Street is a participant in a Second Lien Loan to Astra
Acquisition Corp. The loan accrues interest at a rate of 14.44%
(SOFR + 9.14%) per annum. The loan matures in October 2029.  Sixth
Street said the loan is on non-accrual status as of March 31,
2024.

Sixth Street is a Delaware corporation formed on July 21, 2010. The
Company was formed primarily to lend to, and selectively invest in,
middle-market companies in the United States. The Company has
elected to be regulated as a business development company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940. In addition, for tax purposes, the
Company has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company
under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. The Company is managed by Sixth Street Specialty Lending
Advisers, LLC.

On June 1, 2011, the Company formed a wholly owned subsidiary, TC
Lending, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. On March 22,
2012, the Company formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Sixth Street SL
SPV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. On May 19, 2014,
the Company formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Sixth Street SL
Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. On December 9,
2020, the Company formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Sixth Street
Specialty Lending Sub, LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability
company.

Sixth Street is led by Joshua Easterly, Chief Executive Officer;
and Ian Simmonds, Chief Financial Officer. The fund can be reach
through:

     Joshua Easterly
     Sixth Street Specialty Lending, Inc
     2100 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1500
     Dallas, TX, 75201
     Tel: (469) 621-3001

Astra Acquisition Corp. is a provider of cloud-based software
solutions for higher educational institutions.  



ASTRA AQUISITION: BlackRock TCP Marks $27.8MM Loan at 71% Off
-------------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock TCP Capital Corp has marked its $27,879,880 loan extended
to Astra Acquisition Corp. to market at $8,085,165 or 29% of the
outstanding amount, as of March 31, 2024, according to a disclosure
contained in BlackRock TCP's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period
ended March 31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

BlackRock TCP is a participant in a Second Lien Term Loan to Astra
Acquisition Corp. The loan accrues interest at a rate of 14.44%
(SOFR (Q) +9.14%, 0.75% FLOOR) per annum. The loan matures on
October 25, 2029.

BlackRock TCP, formerly known as TCP Capital Corp., is a Delaware
corporation formed on April 2, 2012 as an externally managed,
closed-end, non-diversified management investment company. The
Company elected to be regulated as a business development company
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

BlackRock TCP is led by Rajneesh Vig, Chief Executive Officer; and
Erik L. Cuellar, Chief Financial Officer. The fund can be reach
through:

     Rajneesh Vig
     BlackRock TCP Capital Corp
     2951 28th Street, Suite 1000
     Santa Monica, CA 90405
     Tel: (310) 566-1000

Astra Acquisition Corp. is a provider of cloud-based software
solutions for higher educational institutions.




AVENIR WELLNESS: Urish Popeck Raises Going Concern Doubt
--------------------------------------------------------
Avenir Wellness Solutions, Inc. disclosed in a Form 10-K Report
filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, that its auditor expressed
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.

Pittsburgh, Pa.-based Urish Popeck & Co., LLC, the Company's
auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated May 16, 2024, citing that the Company has suffered
recurring losses from operations, has an accumulated deficit,
negative stockholders' equity, a working capital deficit, and
expects future losses. These conditions raise substantial doubt
about its ability to continue as a going concern.

Avenir Wellness said, "As of December 31, 2023, we had an
accumulated deficit of approximately $123.4 million and a working
capital deficit of approximately $10.5 million. Our operating
activities consume the majority of our cash resources. We
anticipate that we will continue to incur operating losses and
negative cash flows from operations, at least into the near future,
as we execute our commercialization and development plans and
strategic and business development initiatives."

"Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our
obtaining adequate capital to fund operating losses until we
establish a sufficient revenue stream to consistently generate
operating profits. We are continually analyzing our current costs
and are attempting to make additional cost reductions where
possible. We expect that we will continue to generate losses from
operations throughout 2024.

"Historically, we have had operating losses and negative cash flows
from operations which cast significant doubt upon our ability to
continue as a going concern. As such, we needed to raise capital to
fund our operations. This need may be adversely impacted by
uncertain market conditions and changes in the regulatory
environment. We have previously funded our losses primarily through
the issuance of common stock and/or promissory notes, combined with
or without warrants, and cash generated from our product sales and
research and development and license agreements. There can be no
assurance that funds will be available on terms acceptable to us or
will be enough to fully sustain operations. We believe the funds
available through potential financings will be sufficient to meet
the Company's working capital requirements during the coming year.
If we are unable to raise sufficient additional funds, we will have
to develop and implement a plan to extend payables, reduce
expenditures, or scale back our business plan until sufficient
additional capital is raised to support further operations.

"We will require additional funds to implement the growth strategy
for our business. We intend to continue funding our losses
primarily through the issuance of common stock and/or borrowings,
and cash generated from our product sales and license agreements.
There can be no assurance that funds will be available on terms
acceptable to us or will be enough to fully sustain operations."

A full-text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/yjd7duum

                     About Avenir Wellness

Sherman Oaks, Calif.-based Avenir Wellness Solutions, Inc.,
including its wholly owned subsidiary, The Sera Labs, Inc., is a
broad platform technology company focusing on the development of
nutraceutical formulation and delivery technologies in novel dosage
forms to improve efficacy and enhance wellness.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has $2.6 million in total
assets, $12.5 million in total liabilities, and $9.9 million in
total stockholders' deficit.


BANGL LLC: S&P Affirms 'BB-' ICR on Term Loan B Add-On
------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'BB-' issuer credit rating on BANGL
LLC. At the same time, S&P affirmed its 'BB-' issue-level ratings
on BANGL's senior secured debt. The '3' recovery rating on the term
loan indicates its expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 55%) recovery in the event of a payment default.

The negative outlook on BANGL reflects S&P's expectation that the
company will have elevated leverage in 2024 as it continues the
construction of GtoS, resulting in S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt
to EBITDA of over 8x in 2024.

BANGL will fully fund the remaining capex on the GtoS expansion
with additional debt, resulting in elevated credit metrics over the
next 12 months. BANGL continues to work on its GtoS expansion,
which will add an additional 250 miles of new pipeline to move its
product from Gardendale to Sweeney. Currently, BANGL utilizes
third-party volume leases on the pipeline to move the volumes. The
expansion plan also includes increasing BANGL's capacity on the
mainline pipe, construction of a lateral pipeline on the Delaware
system, and a new pump station in Orla, Texas. Thus far,
construction on the project has been on time and within budget, and
S&P does not expect delays in the completion, with a targeted
in-service date of January 2025.

Operational issues at the customer plant level resulted in lower
volumes than previously expected through the first quarter of 2024.
Certain customers, including MPLX and WTG, experienced operational
issues and plant maintenance, causing gas that would have been
processed at their facilities to be temporarily offloaded. As a
result, recovered natural gas liquid volumes were below S&P's
previous expectations. S&P expects these issues will be resolved by
the second half of 2024, bolstered by MPLX's Preakness II plant
coming online in June 2024. The operational issues caused a
reduction in volumes under temporary and low-margin offloan
arrangements, limiting the financial impact.

S&P said, "We expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA of $75
million-$85 million in 2024, improving to $150 million-$160 million
in 2025. This compares with our previous expectation of S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA of about $100 million in 2024 and $140
million-$150 million in 2025. 2024 forecasts are affected by our
revision to volume assumptions, as well as the exclusion of any
credit for future rate step-ups not recognized until 2025. We
expect the company will fully utilize debt to complete the GtoS
expansion project, rather than our previous assumption of a
balanced mix of debt and equity.

"As a result, we now expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to
EBITDA of above 8x in 2024, improving to 3.5x–4.0x in 2025 once
the GtoS volumes come online. BANGL's liquidity cushion will be
minimal over the next 12 months as the majority of capex spend on
the project occurs over the next year to complete the construction
on the expansion project. As a result, we expect the company will
have a material free operating cash flow deficit in 2024, improving
to surplus free operating cash flow in 2025.

"The negative outlook on BANGL reflects our expectation that it
will maintain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA of over 8x
in 2024. We expect its credit metrics to be elevated over the next
12 months as the company completes its expansion project. We expect
debt to EBITDA will improve to 3.5x-4.0x by the second half of 2025
as BANGL benefits from increased volumes on its system."

S&P could consider a downgrade if S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt
to EBITDA above 4.5x. This could occur if:

-- Delays and material cost overruns occur, resulting in the need
for additional capital spending that it wholly funds with debt; or

-- BANGL underperforms our current expectations such that EBITDA
does not improve in 2025.

S&P said, "We could revise the outlook to stable if the planned
expansion project is completed on time and in budget, resulting in
additional volumes and increased cash flow on the pipeline, such
that we expect BANGL to maintain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt
to EBITDA below 4.5x in the second half of 2025.

"Environmental factors are a negative consideration in our credit
rating analysis of BANGL. Its transportation volumes and
utilization could be impaired due to energy transition pressures
affecting the midstream industry, including BANGL's counterparties
not meeting their volume obligations."



BARTLEY INVESTMENTS: Case Summary & 20 Top Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Bartley Investments, LTD
        9785 SW 143 Street
        Miami, FL 33176

Business Description: Bartley Investments owns 12 rental
                      properties in Tampa Villa South, Tampa,
                      Florida valued at $8.68 million.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 23, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Middle District of Florida

Case No.: 24-029528

Judge: Hon. Catherine Peek Mcewen

Debtor's Counsel: Buddy D. Ford, Esq.
                  BUDDY D. FORD, P.A
                  9301 West Hillsborough Avenue
                  Tampa, FL 33615-3008
                  Tel: (813) 877-4669
                  Fax: (813) 877-5543
                  Email: All@tampaesq.com

Total Assets: $8,764,925

Total Liabilities: $3,703,633

The petition was signed by Allan N. Bartley as general partner.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors is available
for free at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SSGF7IY/Bartley_Investments_LTD__flmbke-24-02952__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BEND ARCH: Unsecureds Will Get 50% of Claims over 120 Months
------------------------------------------------------------
Bend Arch Petroleum Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Northern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization under
Subchapter V dated May 6, 2024.

The Debtor filed this case in order to prevent a foreclosure by one
of its secured lenders, First State Bank of Graham.

The Debtor was unable to fully service its debt as Debtor's gas
well operator encountered non-compliance issues with the Texas
Railroad Commission and was prevented from working the oil wells.
Since the Debtor believes the value of the property securing the
First State Bank of Graham liens is higher than its claim, Debtor
initiated the instant case to protect the value of the estate.

The Plan is a Plan of Reorganization. The Debtor will continue its
business after Confirmation of this Plan. The Debtor intends to
plug and abandon certain wells to sell for its salvage value. The
Debtor also intends to work over 10 wells initially to begin
operations with a new well operator. Debtor has also contemplated
selling additional wells after they are in working condition to
maximize return to the estate.

The Debtor scheduled total non-priority Unsecured Claims of
$1,572,684.21.

Under this Plan, all Secured Creditors will receive payment of 100%
of their Allowed Claims, and Unsecured Creditors will receive 50%
of their Allowed Claims. Therefore, pursuant to the liquidation
analysis all Creditors will receive at least as much under this
Plan as they would in a Chapter 7 liquidation.

Class 12 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Claims. Class 12
Claimants shall be paid 50% of their Allowed Claims over 120 months
from the Effective Date, without interest. These Claims will be
paid in equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of
the first month following the Effective Date and continuing on the
first day of each month thereafter. These Claims are Impaired, and
the holders of these Claims are entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan.

Class 13 Equity Interests shall be retained.

The Debtor intends to make all payments required under the Plan
from available cash and income from the business operations of the
Debtor.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 6, 2024 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=UGoIZi from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Joyce W. Lindauer, Esq.
     Kerry S. Alleyne, Esq.
     Guy H. Holman, Esq.
     JOYCE W. LINDAUER ATTORNEY, PLLC
     1412 Main Street, Suite 500
     Dallas, TX 75202
     Telephone: (972) 503-4033
     Facsimile: (972) 503-4034
     Email: joyce@joycelindauer.com

                 About Bend Arch Petroleum Inc.

Bend Arch Petroleum Inc. filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No.
24-40417) on Feb. 5, 2024, listing $1 million to $10 million in
both assets and liabilities. The petition was signed by Johnnie Lee
Bitters as president.

Judge Mark X. Mullin presides over the case.

Joyce W. Lindauer, Esq. at Joyce Lindauer, Attorney represents the
Debtor as counsel.


BLACK OPS: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Black Ops Construction, LLC
        2100 Angelia M Street
        Fayetteville, NC 28312

Business Description: Black Ops is a family-owned and operated
                      fence company offering full-service
                      residential and commercial fencing.  The
                      Company provides an array of fencing from
                      wood, aluminum, vinyl, chain-link, farm,
                      pool, privacy fencing, and more.
  
Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 22, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of North Carolina

Case No.: 24-01713

Judge: Hon. Joseph N. Callaway

Debtor's Counsel: Danny Bradford, Esq.
                  PAUL D. BRADFORD, PLLC
                  455 Swiftside Drive
                  Suite 106
                  Cary, NC 27518-7198
                  Tel: (919) 758-8879
                  Fax: (919) 803-0683
                  Email: dbradford@bradford-law.com

Total Assets: $902,742

Total Liabilities: $1,693,083

The petition was signed by April Merrill as manager.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors is available
for free at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/UTLG5AQ/Black_Ops_Construction_LLC__ncebke-24-01713__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BOISE CASCADE: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Ba1' CFR to Positive
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirms Boise Cascade Company's Ba1 Corporate
Family Rating, Ba1-PD Probability of Default Rating, and Ba2 rating
on its senior unsecured debt and revised outlook to positive from
stable. The SGL-1 speculative grade liquidity rating remains
unchanged.

"The positive outlook reflects Moody's expectations that the
company will maintain strong credit metrics despite the projected
housing market weakness," said Anastasija Johnson, senior analyst
at Moody's. "In addition, expansion of the engineered wood
production capacity and growth of general line distribution have
strengthened earnings and cash flow profile, while an unsecured
capital structure would support an upgrade."

RATINGS RATIONALE

Boise Cascade's rating reflects its conservative balance sheet
(negative net debt as of March 31, 2024) and financial policies
that will keep credit metrics strong despite ongoing weakness in
the housing markets. The rating also reflects strong market
position in engineered wood product (EWP) manufacturing and
improving earnings profile with increased EWP capacity over the
last 5 years and growth in non-commodity building products
distribution, such as doors and millwork. Moody's expect
debt/EBITDA as adjusted by Moody's to remain below 1x in both 2024
and 2025, even as EBITDA declines in 2024 from 2023 levels amid
weaker wood products pricing and flat volumes. Leverage has
fluctuated between 2.4x and 0.4 x in the last five years and with
EWP prices currently above 2019 levels Moody's do not expect
metrics to deteriorate in the intermediate term. The rating is
supported by conservative financial policies with the net leverage
target of less than 2x. Even with lower earnings in 2024 Moody's
expect the company to remain free cash flow generative due to low
interest expense, low regular dividends and manageable capital
expenditure levels. The company's strong balance sheet and positive
free cash flow generation provide some flexibility for special
dividends (paid in the last 4 years) and share repurchases, while
maintaining strong liquidity.

The credit profile is constrained by concentration in wood products
and wood products distribution with inherent pricing and earnings
volatility and low operating margins in the distribution business
that drives the majority of sales. Boise Cascade generates lower,
but more stable operating margins than most of its wood product
manufacturing peers. Boise Cascade's lower margin distribution
business (EBITDA margin of about 5.9% in LTM March 2024) is a cost
plus margin business, which provides significantly more earnings
stability than most wood product industry peers. The stability of
the distribution business is enhanced with its very broad product
lines, which includes commodity products (about 38% of distribution
sales) like plywood, oriented strandboard (OSB) and lumber; EWP
(23% of distribution sales) and other products (39% of distribution
sales) which include siding, composite decking, doors, metal
products, roofing and insulation. The distribution business is also
an important outlet for the company's internally manufactured
products. In addition, the credit profile benefits from good market
positions (a leading US producer of plywood and engineered wood
products (EWP) and wholesale building materials distributor) and
vertical integration (veneer production for EWP in plywood
facilities and 60% of wood products sold through its own
distribution business). The cyclical business profile and secured
capital structure constrain the rating.

Boise Cascade has strong liquidity (SGL-1) with roughly $1.3
billion of liquidity sources and no near-term mandatory debt
repayments. The company had $890 million of cash on hand as of
March 2024. The company has a $400 million ABL revolver due
September 2027 with $396 million in availability (net letters of
credit) as of March 2024. The revolver and term loan have a 1.0x
fixed charge coverage covenant if availability falls below 10% of
the revolver commitment or $40 million. Moody's do not expect the
covenant to be tested as the company has significant headroom under
the covenant. The company's ABL and term loan are secured by
substantially all assets excluding property and equipment, leaving
room for alternative liquidity sources.

The positive outlook reflects expectations that Boise Cascade will
maintain strong credit metrics despite ongoing housing market
weakness.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to an upgrade:

-- An unsecured capital structure and the company's public
commitment to maintain investment-grade policies

-- Increased diversification away from the cyclical US home
construction and repair/remodeling end markets or growth in higher
priced engineered wood product business and more stable
distribution business

-- The company maintains strong liquidity and conservative
financial policies, provided adjusted debt/EBITDA is sustained
below 3x and (RCF-Capex)/Adjusted Debt is maintained above 12%
based on Moody's forward view of financial performance

Factors that could lead to a downgrade:

-- Significant deterioration in the company's liquidity and
operating performance

-- Changes in financial management policies that would materially
pressure the company's balance sheet

-- Adjusted debt/EBITDA exceeds 4x (0.7x LTM as of March 2024) or
(RCF-Capex)/Adjusted Total Debt approaches 5% (13.8% LTM as of
March 2024) based on Moody's forward opinion of sustained metrics

Boise Cascade is a vertically-integrated building products public
company headquartered in Boise, Idaho. Boise Cascade manufactures
engineered wood products (EWP) and plywood (collectively its wood
products segment) and is a wholesale distributor of a broad line of
building materials, including siding, composite decking and about
60% of the wood products that it manufactures.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Paper and
Forest Products published in December 2021.


BRIGHT STEPS: Business Income to Fund Plan Payments
---------------------------------------------------
Bright Steps Therapy, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of Mississippi a Subchapter V Plan of
Reorganization dated May 6, 2024.

The Debtor business was established in Poplarville, Mississippi in
2020. Its primary business is physical and occupational therapy in
the Poplarville and Hattiesburg, Mississippi areas.

The Covid-19 pandemic in conjunction with trying to expand into the
Hattiesburg market led the Debtor to acquire a number of merchant
cash advances which subsequently affected the Debtor's day to day
cash flow.

The Debtor has taken steps to cut back expenses and improve billing
which has lowered monthly expenses and led to more accounts
receivable being collectable instead of non-collectable. As of
2024, the Debtor's most recent profit and loss statements show a
profit between $15,000.00 and $20,000.00.

General Unsecured Creditors will receive the Debtor's projected
disposable income over the life of the Plan. Payments to Unsecured
Creditors shall be made on the first, second, third, fourth and
fifth anniversary dates of the effective date of the Plan.

Unsecured liabilities total $530,806.24 ($52,655.77 in allowed
claims).

As the Debtor's cash flow indicates, the means for execution and
implementation of the Plan will be derived from the Debtor's income
it receives in exchange for providing physical and occupational
therapy services to the public.

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan dated May 6, 2024 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=4Mkc0I from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Attorney for the Debtor:

     Nicholas T. Grillo, Esq.
     GRILLO LAW FIRM
     607 Corinne Street, Ste. A3
     Hattiesburg, MS 39401
     Tel: (769) 390-7935
     Email: grillolawms@gmail.com

                 About Bright Steps Therapy

Bright Steps Therapy, LLC, is a company in Poplarville, Miss.,
which offers physical therapy and occupational therapy services.

The Debtor filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Miss. Case No. 24-50150) on Feb. 6,
2024, with up to $50,000 in assets and $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities.  Marcus R. Houston, owner and operator, signed the
petition.

Judge Katharine M. Samson oversees the case.

Nicholas T. Grillo, Esq., at Grillo Law Firm, is the Debtor's
bankruptcy counsel.


CALIFORNIA RESOURCES: Fitch Rates Unsec. Notes Due 2029 'BB-'
-------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB-'/'RR3' rating to California
Resources Corporation's (CRC, B+/Stable) proposed senior unsecured
notes due 2029. CRC intends to use net proceeds from this offering,
borrowings under the revolving credit facility and cash on hand to
extinguish the outstanding debt at Aera Energy, LLC (Aera)
following the close of the merger which is expected in 2H24.

Fitch believes that the proposed notes offering is deleveraging in
nature, maintains the company's simple capital structure and
extends the company's average maturity.

CRC's ratings reflect the scale-enhancing Aera transaction, its
large, low-decline asset base with exposure to Brent pricing,
conservative capital structure, forecast sub-1.5x mid-cycle
leverage, expectations of positive FCF through the rating horizon
and proactive hedging program that limits downside price risks.

These factors are partially offset by the company's high cost
structure, which limits economic drilling prospects, and exposure
to California's stringent regulatory environment which could
disrupt permitting, drilling and financing options and will still
persist following the transaction's close in 2H24.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Credit-Neutral, Scale-Enhancing Merger: Fitch believes CRC's
all-stock merger with Aera is neutral to the credit profile. The
transaction is attractively priced at a 2.6x enterprise value
(EV)/EBITDAX multiple and will materially increase scale with about
74,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day (mboepd) of oil-weighted,
low-decline production in California.

Management reported pro forma production of about 160mboepd (78%
oil) at Dec. 31, 2023 and proved reserves of around 605mmboe (90%
proved developed) with exposure to five of the largest oil fields
in the state. Fitch recognizes the pro forma scale benefits for the
company, but CRC will still be exposed to California's stringent
regulatory environment which could impact drilling and permitting
options in the near and medium term.

Enhanced FCF; Synergy Opportunities: Fitch expects the merger will
nearly double the company's FCF generation and the complementary
nature of the assets provides achievable synergy opportunities. The
company has also identified $150 million of annual synergy
potential through lower operating costs, capital efficiencies, G&A
reductions and optimization of field infrastructure which Fitch
believes are achievable in the near term. Fitch expects CRC will
continue to allocate its FCF toward shareholders via its fixed
dividend and increased $1.35 billion share repurchase program and
toward its CM businesses while maintaining a conservative capital
structure.

Near-Term Hedging Protection: Fitch views the pro forma company's
strong near-term hedges positively and will help solidify FCF
generation. About 80% of the pro forma company's oil production
will be hedged at attractive Brent prices at around $70/bbl, which
will reduce downside price risks. Fitch expects hedging will
continue, albeit potentially at lower levels, because CRC's credit
facility requires minimum hedging of 50% to 0% with leverage above
2.0x or below 1.5x, respectively.

Sub-1.5x Mid-Cycle Leverage: Fitch-calculated gross debt/EBITDA is
forecast to remain below 1.0x in 2024 and 1.5x through the
remainder of the forecast given the company's conservative capital
structure.

Merger Accelerates Carbon Management (CM) Initiatives: Fitch
believes the merger will accelerate the company's CM initiatives
through the addition of surface rights and pore space. CRC
continues to advance its CM businesses, driving management's goal
of reliable, safe and ESG-driven operations. The company's
strategic joint venture (JV) with Brookfield Renewable also helps
advance CRC's energy transition strategy, substantially lowers
risks in its CM funding needs and should help reach the JV's goals
of first carbon dioxide injection by the end of 2025 and five
million metric tons of carbon dioxide storage per annum (200
million metric tons of total carbon dioxide storage capacity) by
the end of 2027.

Fitch's base-case scenario includes the company's expected capital
investments, but does not include any revenues from CRC's CM
businesses given the uncertainty around timing and magnitude of
cash flows along with the potential for separation of the E&P and
CM businesses.

California Regulatory Considerations: California has adopted some
of the most restrictive regulations on in-state produced energy as
the state shifts toward cleaner, more renewable forms of energy.
The state has established limits on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions,
which decline annually to a target of at least 40% below the 1990
level by 2030. This is in addition to the established policy toward
becoming carbon neutral by 2045. While there is a need to drill in
California to meet the excess demand for oil and gasoline in the
state, Fitch cautions that regulatory and legislative actions in
the state could disrupt drilling, permitting and financing options
for the company.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Management reported pro forma production of about 160mboepd (78%
oil) at Dec. 31, 2023. The company will be larger than Canadian
producer MEG Energy Corp. (BB-/Stable; 104mboepd [100% bitumen]),
similar in size to Baytex Energy Corp. (BB-/Stable; 151mboepd in
1Q24) and SM Energy Company (BB-/Stable; 145mboepd in 1Q24), but
smaller than Permian Resources Corporation (BB/Positive; 320mboepd
in 1Q24)

CRC's realized prices are typically higher than peers given the
exposure to premium Brent pricing and the low-decline asset base
leads to lower capital intensity versus peers. This is partially
offset by the company's high cost structure, which results in lower
Fitch-calculated unhedged cash netbacks compared to Fitch's
aggregate peer average.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

- Brent oil prices of $80/bbl in 2024, $70/bbl in 2025, $65/bbl in
2026 and 2027 and $60/bbl thereafter;

- Henry Hub prices of $2.50/mcf in 2024, $3.00/mcf in 2025 and 2026
and $2.75/mcf thereafter;

- Management reported pro forma production of about 160mboepd (78%
oil) at Dec. 31, 2023;

- Measured increases to shareholder returns;

- Announced Aera merger closes in 2H24.

RECOVERY ANALYSIS

KEY RECOVERY RATING ASSUMPTIONS

- The recovery analysis assumes that CRC would be reorganized as a
going-concern in bankruptcy rather than liquidated.

- Fitch has assumed a 10% administrative claim.

Going-Concern (GC) Approach

Fitch's projections under a stressed case price desk, which assumes
Brent oil prices of $50 in 2024, $35 in 2025, $45 in 2026, $48 in
the long term.

The Fitch-calculated GC EBITDA was increased to $625 million
following the announced transaction and reflects Fitch's view of a
sustainable, post-reorganization EBITDA level upon which Fitch
bases the enterprise valuation, which reflects the decline from
current pricing levels to stressed levels and then a partial
recovery coming out of a troughed pricing environment. Fitch
believes a weakened pricing environment would lead to production
declines, reduce the borrowing base availability and materially
erode the liquidity profile.

An EV multiple of 3.00x EBITDA is applied to the GC EBITDA to
calculate a post-reorganization enterprise value. The choice of
this multiple considered the following factors:

The historical bankruptcy case study exit multiples for peer
companies ranged from 2.8x-7.0x, with an average of 5.2x and a
median of 5.4x.

The multiple reflects the expectation that the value of CRC's oil
producing properties will decline given the company's high cost
structure and reduction in capex to preserve liquidity. The
multiple also considers the stringent California regulatory
environment and highly concentrated market which severely limits
the number of potential buyers and valuation for the assets.

Liquidation Approach

The liquidation estimate reflects Fitch's view of the value of
balance sheet assets that can be realized in sale or liquidation
processes conducted during a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding
and distributed to creditors.

The revolver is assumed to be 90% drawn upon default with the
expectation that commitments would be reduced during a
redetermination.

The allocation of value in the liability waterfall results in
recovery corresponding to 'RR1' recovery for the first lien
reserve-based lending credit facility (RBL) and a recovery
corresponding to 'RR3' for the senior unsecured notes.

The RBL is assumed to be fully drawn upon default.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

- Diversification through meaningful EBITDA generation from CM or
other non-E&P business lines;

- Material E&P diversification outside of California;

- FCF generation that supports the liquidity profile and limited
borrowings under the RBL;

- Commitment to conservative financial policy resulting in
mid-cycle EBITDA leverage sustained below 1.5x.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

- Unfavorable regulatory actions that result in material production
declines and/or weakened profitability;

- Deteriorating liquidity profile, including material revolver
borrowings and inability to generate positive FCF;

- Mid-cycle EBITDA leverage sustained above 2.0x.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Strong Liquidity: Pro forma the notes issuance, Fitch expects CRC
to maintain strong liquidity through meaningful availability under
its revolving credit facility, cash on hand and forecast strong FCF
generation. The liquidity profile is further supported by CRC's
strong hedge book providing downside price protection.

ISSUER PROFILE

California Resources Corporation is an integrated public E&P
company that operates solely in California. The company is also
investing in its carbon capture and storage (CCS) businesses and
other emissions reducing projects.

DATE OF RELEVANT COMMITTEE

07 February 2024

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

CRC has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Exposure to Social
Impacts due to the oil and gas sector regulatory environment in
California and its exposure to social resistance, which has a
negative impact on the credit profile, and is relevant to the
rating in conjunction with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt             Rating          Recovery   
   -----------             ------          --------   
California Resources
Corporation

   senior unsecured    LT BB-  New Rating    RR3


CALIFORNIA RESOURCES: Moody's Rates New Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B2'
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned a B2 rating to California Resources
Corporation's (CRC) proposed senior unsecured notes. CRC's existing
ratings are unchanged, including the B1 Corporate Family Rating,
B1-PD Probability of Default Rating, SGL-2 Speculative Grade
Liquidity Rating (SGL) and B2 rating on the existing senior
unsecured notes. The rating outlook is stable. Proceeds from the
new notes issuance will be used in connection with refinancing Aera
Energy LLC's (Aera) debt.

"CRC's proposed notes issuance will refinance a portion of the debt
to be incurred as part of the Aera Energy LLC transaction on a long
term basis, thereby negating the need to use the committed bridge
facility to complete the acquisition," stated James Wilkins,
Moody's Vice President.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The proposed senior unsecured notes are rated B2, one notch below
the B1 CFR, given their unsecured claim to the company's assets and
the lower priority ranking of the unsecured notes compared to
obligations under the company's secured revolving credit facility
(unrated). The proposed notes will rank pari passu with the
existing senior unsecured notes due 2026. In connection with the
Aera merger, CRC will increase the size of its reserves based
revolving credit facility to $1.1 billion. The proceeds from the
proposed notes, existing cash balances and drawings under the
revolving credit facility will refinance Aera's existing debt.

CRC's B1 CFR reflects the positive impact the pending Aera Energy
LLC merger will have on its scale, financial profile and cash flow
generation. Aera will add to CRC's production, the proportion of
oil in CRC's production mix and cash flow at a time when CRC
expects the development of its Kern County assets to be constrained
by delays into 2025 in the drilling permitting process. The Aera
business will also add to CRC's potential low carbon business with
additional CO2 sequestration storage capacity as well as carbon
capture and sequestration (CCS), direct air capture (DAC) and solar
projects. The equity funding of the purchase price and modest
existing debt at Aera will leave CRC with a strong balance sheet.
However, the regulatory risk CRC is exposed to as an exploration
and production company with all of its operations in California
continues to be a constraint on its credit rating as the numerous
and ongoing changes to the regulation of oil and gas operations and
related legal challenges pose significant risk for the company's
cash flow.

CRC has high operating costs associated with its enhanced oil
recovery operations compared to E&P companies in other US basins.
Moody's expects production volumes on CRC's legacy assets to
decline following the merger until it is able to secure permits to
drill new wells. The company benefits from its large scale and
legacy production with significant infrastructure as the largest
operator in California. CRC's well-defined, mature asset base,
which has a shallow decline rate of 11% – 13% per year, and the
predominately oil reserves (about 85% of pro-forma production is
liquids) in multiple California basins are positives.

The SGL-2 Speculative Grade Liquidity (SGL) Rating reflects Moody's
expectation that CRC will have good liquidity well into 2025,
supported by cash flow from operations and its revolving credit
facility due July 2027. Moody's expects CRC will limit its capital
spending such that it does not materially outspend internally
generated cash flow. After CRC meets certain conditions, including
the closing of the Aera merger, the revolver borrowings base will
increase to $1.5 billion (from $1.2 billion currently) and
commitments will increase to $1.1 billion (from $630 million
currently). Moody's expects the company will have ample headroom
under its credit facility's financial covenants – a maximum total
net leverage ratio of 3.0x and minimum current ratio of 1.0x. The
existing senior unsecured notes mature in February 2026. The
company has a $500 million bridge financing facility to refinance a
portion of Aera's debt, but the bridge facility will not be needed
following the issuance of the proposed senior unsecured notes.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that CRC will
generate positive free cash flow, maintain relatively stable
production volumes and seamlessly integrate the Aera acquisition.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded if the company is able to secure
necessary permits and resume drilling activity to sustain
production levels and lessen declines in proved reserves. Retained
cash flow to debt above 40 percent that can be sustained at
mid-cycle prices, positive free cash flow and more visibility to
the capital requirements for carbon management projects would also
be necessary to support an upgrade. The ratings could be downgraded
if retained cash flow to debt falls below 15 percent, production
volumes decline or liquidity weakens.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Independent
Exploration and Production published in December 2022.

California Resources Corporation, headquartered in Long Beach,
California, is an exploration and production firm operating
exclusively in California.


CARROLS RESTAURANT: S&P Withdraw 'B-' Issuer Credit Rating
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings withdrew its 'B-' issuer credit rating on
Carrols Restaurant Group Inc. This follows Restaurant Brands
International Inc.'s (BB/Positive/--) acquisition of Carrols, which
was completed on May 16, 2024.

At the same time, S&P discontinued its 'B+' and 'CCC' issue-level
ratings on Carrols' senior secured and senior unsecured debt,
respectively, since all of the company's rated debt facilities have
been fully repaid.



CHOICE MARKET: Court OKs Interim Cash Collateral Access
-------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Colorado authorized
Choice Market Holdings, Inc. and affiliates to use cash collateral,
on an interim basis, in accordance with the budget.

As adequate protection, City wide Bank, the U.S. Small Business
Administration, Ampla, LLC, and any other party claiming an
interest in cash collateral are granted a post-petition lien on all
post-petition assets and income derived from the operation of the
Debtors' business and assets, to the extent that the use of the
cash results in a decrease in the value of the Secured Creditors'
interest in its pre-petition collateral pursuant to 11 U.S.C.
Section 361(2). All replacement Adequate Protection Liens will hold
the same relative priority to assets as did the pre-petition
liens;

Authorization to use cash collateral will automatically terminate
without further order from the Court if an Event of Default occurs
and remains uncured for more than five days following the delivery
of written notice from any of Secured Creditors to Debtors' counsel
noticing the occurrence such Event of Default.

These events that constitute an "Event of Default":

1. The Debtors fail to perform any of their obligations in
accordance with the terms of the Interim Order (including adherence
to the Budget);

2. The Debtors fail to file a chapter 11 plan on or before 90 days
following the Petition Date.

3. The Debtors file a motion seeking to create any post-petition
liens or security interests, other than those granted or permitted
pursuant to the Interim Order.

4. The entry of an order in any court reversing, staying, vacating
or modifying the terms of the Interim Order.

5. A chapter 11 trustee or examiner with expanded powers (but not a
Subchapter V trustee) is appointed in the chapter 11 case.

6. The chapter 11 case is dismissed.

7. The chapter 11 case is converted to a case under chapter 7.

A final hearing on the matter is set for June 6, 2024 at 2 p.m.

A copy of the order is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=UqupgV
from PacerMonitor.com.


               About Choice Market Holdings, Inc.

Choice Market Holdings, Inc. owns and operates Choice Market
grocery and convenience store locations in Denver, Colorado.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 24-12394) on May 6, 2024.
In the petition signed by Michael Fogarty, as president, manager,
the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Joseph G. Rosania Jr. oversees the case.

Jeffrey S. Brinen, Esq., at KUTNER BRINEN DICKEY RILEY PC,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


COASTAL CONSTRUCTION: Case Summary & 11 Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Coastal Construction Group, LLC
        235 Hickory Lane
        Unit B
        Bayville, NJ 08721

Business Description: The Debtor is a building finishing
                      contractor.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 22, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of New Jersey

Case No.: 24-15203

Debtor's Counsel: Daniel Straffi, Jr., Esq.
                  STRAFFI AND STRAFFI LLC
                  670 Commons Way
                  Toms River, NJ 08755
                  Tel: (732) 341-3800
                  Email: bkclient@straffilaw.com

Total Assets: $292,642

Total Liabilities: $1,407,570

The petition was signed by Dean Rado as managing member.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's 11 unsecured creditors is available for free
at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/4RMGCJQ/Coastal_Construction_Group_LLC__njbke-24-15203__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


COMSERO INC: Unsecureds Will Get 11.7% of Claims in Plan
--------------------------------------------------------
Comsero, Inc. d/b/a m.c. Squares filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Colorado a Plan of Reorganization dated
May 6, 2024.

The Debtor is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Thornton,
Colorado and engaged in business manufacturing and selling reusable
office products, including reusable sticky notes, white boards, and
calendars.

The Debtor was formed in 2013 by Anthony Franco with the goal of
producing economically friendly, reusable products that promote
organization and productivity for modern office spaces. Over the
years, the Debtor expanded its product offerings, and further
expanded business operations by partnering with retailers and
entering into a distributing partnership with Amazon.

In 2021, the Debtor experienced technical issues with its inventory
listings on Amazon, which resulted in a majority of the Debtor's
products either being removed from search results or de prioritized
in the search results. The Debtor turned to short term financing to
maintain operations while working through the technical issues, but
technical issues took significantly longer to be resolved than
originally anticipated.

The short term loans proved to have substantial repayment terms
that the Debtor struggled to afford while its sales remained
depressed. While the Debtor was eventually able to resolve the
technical issues, the Debtor had to rebuild its brand recognition
through e-commerce search algorithms, resulting in a slow recovery
for the Debtor. As a result of the ongoing financial difficulties,
the Debtor filed its voluntary petition for relief pursuant to
Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code on December 18,
2023.

On January 31, 2024, the Debtor filed an Application to Employ New
Mill Capital Holdings, LLC to act as the auctioneer for the Debtor
and sell the assets in its Thornton, Colorado location and further
sought authority to conduct an auction of the assets. On March 18,
2024, the Court entered an Agreed Order Partially Approving the
Application to Employ and Compensate New Mill Capital Holdings,
LLC, and an Order Approving the Stipulation Among Comsero, Inc,
Amazon Capital Services, Inc., and Old Vine – Pinnacle
Associates, LLC, authorizing the Debtor to sell its assets, with
all liens to attach to the proceeds of the sale.

New Mill conducted the sale in early April, 2024, and realized
proceeds in the amount of $184,095.00 before application of the
commission. On May 7, 2024, the Debtor filed a Motion to Authorize
Distribution of Proceeds.

Classes 10 is comprised of the Allowed General Unsecured Claims
holding unsecured claims against the Debtor. Class 10 shall be
treated and paid as follows:

     * Class 10 shall receive a pro-rata distribution equal 100% of
the Debtor's Net Revenue calculated on a quarterly basis for a 4
year period beginning on the later of: 1) the date on which
Administrative Expense Claims are paid in full; or 2) the one (1)
year anniversary of the Effective Date of the Plan ("Class 10 Plan
Term");

     * Commencing on the first day of the second calendar quarter
following the commencement of the Class 10 Plan Term and continuing
each quarter thereafter, the Debtors shall set distribute an amount
equal to (100%) of the prior quarter's Net Revenue. By way of
example, if the Plan is confirmed in July 2024, and Administrative
Expense Claims in the following year, the Class 10 Plan Term shall
commence in July 2025, and the first distribution shall be made on
October 1, 2025 based on the combined Net Revenue generated from
July 2025 through September 2025;

     * Based on the Debtors' projections, the Debtors estimate that
Trade Creditor Claims will receive approximately 11.7% on account
of their claims. Upon request by any party in interest, the Debtors
shall provide a quarterly financial statement, including amounts
disbursed to creditors in accordance with the Plan;

     * The Debtors shall be entitled to retire the entire
obligations to Class 10 Creditors at any time during the first two
years of the Trade Creditor Term by making a single pro rata
distribution of $110,000, less amounts previously disbursed to
unsecured creditors; and

     * In addition to the amounts, Class 10 shall receive 50% of
the amounts recovered for claims arising under Chapter 5 after
payment of attorney fees, cost of litigation, and cost of
recovery.

Class 11 is comprised of the holders of common shares existing as
of the Petition Date. Class 11 is impaired by the Plan. On the
Effective Date of the Plan, Class 11 interest holders shall retain
all interests held on the Petition Date subject to the dilution of
such shares as contemplated by this Plan. It is anticipated that
after dilution, Class 11 interest holders will hold a total of
approximately 5% of the common stocks in the Debtor.

As evidenced by the projections, the Debtor anticipates that its
income will be positive each year of the Plan, and will generate
sufficient revenue to meet its obligations under the Plan.

As set forth on the Liquidation Analysis, if the Debtor's case were
converted to a case under Chapter 7, the Debtor's remaining assets
would be sold in satisfaction of Amazon's secured claim. The
liquidation value of the assets would be reduced due to the
liquidation sale, and would result in minimal funds to unsecured
creditors. In contrast, the Debtor's Plan will provide for recovery
of approximately 11.7% to unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 6, 2024 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Fwd1Vn from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Keri L. Riley, Esq.
     KUTNER BRINEN DICKEY RILEY, P.C.
     1660 Lincoln Street, Suite 1720
     Denver, CO 80264
     Tel: (303) 832-2910
     Email: klr@kutnerlaw.com

        About Comsero, Inc.

Comsero, Inc., a Denver-based start-up, creates magnetic, dry erase
products as an alternative to disposable sticky notes.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 23-15959) on December 22,
2023, with $906,316 in assets and $3,336,200 in liabilities.
Anthony Franco, chief executive officer, signed the petition.

Judge Michael E. Romero oversees the case.

Keri L. Riley, Esq., at Kutner Brinen Dickey Riley, PC represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.


CONG. BETH JOSEPH: Case Summary & Nine Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Cong. Beth Joseph Joseph Zwi Dushinsky
           Congregation Beth Joseph Zwi Dushinsky
        135 Ross Street
        Brooklyn, NY 11211

Business Description: The Debtor is a tax-exempt religious
                      organization.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 22, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 24-42127

Judge: Hon. Elizabeth S. Stong

Debtor's Counsel: Joel M. Shafferman, Esq.
                  SHAFFERMAN & FELDMAN LLP
                  137 Fifth Avenue
                  9th Floor
                  New York, NY 10010
                  Tel: (212) 509-1802
                  Email: shaffermanjoel@gmail.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Theodore Welz as chief restructuring
officer.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's nine unsecured creditors is available for free
at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/CB3NRYI/Cong_Beth_Joseph_Joseph_Zwi_Dushinsky__nyebke-24-42127__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


CORDIAL LOGISTICS: Taps Sheehan & Associates as Bankruptcy Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Cordial Logistics, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of West Virginia to hire Sheehan &
Associates, PLLC as its counsel.

The Debtor requires legal counsel to:

     a. give advice with respect to the Debtor's powers and duties
and the administration of the Debtor's estate, and assist in the
preparation of a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization;

     b. prepare legal papers;

     c. represent the Debtor at court hearings;

     d. investigate and institute any proceedings relating to
transactions between the Debtor and its creditors; and

     e. provide other necessary legal services.

The Debtor agreed to compensate the firm's attorneys at the rate of
$425 per hour and paralegals at the rate of $125, plus expenses.

The retainer fee is $16,262.

As disclosed in court filings, Sheehan does not represent any
interest adverse to the Debtor or its estate.

The firm can be reached through:

     Martin P. Sheehan, Esq.
     SHEEHAN & ASSOCIATES, PLLC
     1 Community St., Ste 200
     Wheeling WV 26003
     Tel: (304) 232-1064
     Fax: (304) 232-1066
     Email: SheehanBankruptcy@WVDSL.net
            SheehanParalegal@WVDSL.net

               About Cordial Logistics, LLC

Cordial Logistics is part of the general freight trucking
industry.

Cordial Logistics, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.W.V. Case No.
24-00232) on May 1, 2024, listing $2,666,475 in assets and
$2,813,872 in liabilities. The petition was signed by David Cordial
as owner.

Martin P. Sheehan, Esq. at Sheehan & Associates, P.L.L.C.
represents the Debtor as counsel.


CREAGER MERCANTILE: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
------------------------------------------------
Creager Mercantile Co. asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Colorado for authority to use cash collateral and
provide adequate protection, until such time as the Court schedules
a final hearing on the matter.

The Debtor requires the use cash collateral to continue its
business operations post-petition and maintain their operations and
properties.

In approximately June 2020, the Debtor entered into a Note and
Security Agreement with the U.S. Small Business Administration for
a COVID-19 Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL) loan with the
original principal balance of $150,000. The loan is secured by
substantially all assets of the Debtor. SBA filed a UCC financing
statement on June 3, 2020 at reception no. 20202055055. The Debtor
estimates the amount owed to the SBA on the Petition Date to be
approximately $146,883. The Debtor is current on its payments to
the SBA.

In 2019, the Debtor agreed to pledge its assets as collateral on
behalf of a related entity to an individual named Russell Cowan.
Mr. Cowan is a family friend and loaned funds to a related entity
called Maxwell Distributors, LLC. The estimated amount owed by
Maxwell to Mr. Cowan is approximately $30,000. Mr. Cowan's note is
secured by the Debtor's accounts, inventory, proceeds, and other
intangible assets. Mr. Cowan perfected his security interest by
filing a UCC-1 financing statement with the Colorado Secretary of
State on September 11, 201 9 at reception number 2192082081.

Toyota Industries Commercial Finance, Inc. filed two UCC financing
statements related to the purchase of a forklift and new shelving
for the Debtor's move in 2023. The statements were recorded at
reception numbers 20232039628 on April 24, 2023 and 2024020163 on
March 5, 2024. The total debt owed to Toyota is approximately
$270,000 and the value of the collateral securing the claim is
approximately $350,000. These security interests are limited to
Toyota's purchase money security interests and the Debtor does not
believe that this creditor has an interest in the Debtor's cash or
revenue.

American Express Bank, FSB filed a UCC financing statement on
August 13, 2014 at reception number 2014076365 secured by all
assets of the Debtor. The debt owed to American Express is
approximately $21,095.

Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc. filed a UCC financing statement
on October 28, 2016 at reception number 20162098278 secured by the
Debtor's assets. The debt owed to this creditor is approximately
$180.

Based upon records filed with the Colorado Secretary of State, LEAF
Capital Funding, LLC may claim a secured interest in the Debtor's
assets. However, the Debtor's records do not show any amounts owed
to this creditor and believes that any debt related to a prior
security interest has been paid in full. The Debtor is providing
notice to all entities with UCC financing statements on record with
the Colorado Secretary of State.

The Colorado Department of Revenue may also assert an interest
based on unpaid excise and sales taxes in the amount of
approximately $1.878 million.

The Debtor will provide the Secured Creditors with a post-petition
lien on all postpetition accounts receivable and contracts and
income derived from the operation of the business and assets, to
the extent that the use of the cash results in a decrease in the
value of the Secured Creditors' interest in the collateral pursuant
to 11 U.S.C. section 361(2). All replacement liens will hold the
same relative priority to assets
as did the pre-petition liens.

The Debtor will keep all of the Secured Creditors' collateral fully
insured in an amount consistent with pre-petition coverage.

Should the Debtor default in the provision of adequate protection,
the Debtor's approved use of cash collateral will cease and the
Secured Creditors will have the opportunity to obtain further
relief from the Court, on notice to the Debtor.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=QBEk0G
from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Creager Mercantile Co.

Creager Mercantile Co. is a a wholesale grocery distributor.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 24-12652-KHT) on May 16,
2024. In the petition signed by Donald Creager, president, the
Debtor disclosed $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Jeffrey S. Brinen, Esq., at Kutner Brinen Dickey Riley PC,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


CRUZIN AUTO: Court OKs Cash Collateral Access on Final Basis
------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Texas,
Sherman Division, authorized Cruzin Auto, LLC to use cash
collateral, on a final basis, in accordance with the budget, with a
10% variance.

The Debtor requires the use of cash collateral to, among other
things, fund payroll obligations and pay other operating expenses.

As adequate protection of Secured Lenders' interest, if any, in the
cash collateral pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Sections 361 and 363(e) to
the extent of any diminution in value from the use of the
Collateral the Court grants Secured Lenders replacement security
liens on and replacement liens on all of the Debtor's Equipment,
Inventory and Accounts, whether such property was acquired before
or after the Petition Date.

The Replacement Liens will be equal to the aggregate diminution in
value of the respective Collateral, if any, that occurs from and
after the Petition Date. The Replacement Liens will be of the same
validity and priority as the liens of Secured Lenders on the
respective prepetition Collateral.

The Replacements Liens will be subject and subordinate to: (a)
professional fees and expenses of the attorneys, financial advisors
and other professionals retained by any statutory committee if and
when one is appointed; and (b) any and all fees payable to the
United States Trustee pursuant to 28 U.S.C. Section 1930(a)(6), the
Subchapter V Trustee, and the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court.

A copy of the order is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Q6wLmS
from PacerMonitor.com.

                    About Cruzin Auto, LLC

About Cruzin Auto, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code(Bankr. E.D. Tex.Case No. 24-40884) on April
17, 2024.

Judge Brenda T Rhoades oversees the case.

Robert T DeMarco, Esq., at DEMARCO MITCHELL, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


DESERT HEIGHTS: Moody's Rates Series 2024 Education Bonds 'Ba2'
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has assigned an initial Ba2 rating to Desert
Heights Charter Schools, AZ's $13.6 million Educational Facility
Revenue and Refunding Bonds (Desert Heights Charter School
Project), Series 2024. The bonds are issued on behalf of the school
by The Industrial Development Authority of the City of Sierra
Vista. This will be the school's only outstanding long term debt.
The outlook is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The Ba2 initial rating is supported by the school's long operating
history with multiple charter renewals and steady financial
performance, with no plans to grow or substantially alter its
operations. The rating also considers the school's low liquidity at
only 58 days operations (as of fiscal 2023) despite good financial
margins in recent years and fiscal 2023 earnings providing ample
1.9 times coverage of the projected maximum annual debt service
(MADS) requirement; projected MADS is substantially declining due
to an extension of the maturity schedule associated with the
refunding transaction. Additionally, the school's leverage is
somewhat elevated though it will continue to gradually decline as
there are no material amounts of additional debt planned. Finally,
the rating also considers the school's fair competitive profile
with healthy academic performance and stable enrollment though the
student waitlist is quite small and population growth in the
surrounding area is modest.

Governance is a key driver of all initial rating actions for
charter schools. Desert Heights governance structure is similar to
other charter schools in Arizona. The organization is governed by a
five member board comprised of community members with varied
experience, including finance, mental health, and real estate. The
school is chartered by the State of Arizona, which has a supportive
and transparent authorizer framework. The school has strong
prospects for continued charter authorization.

RATING OUTLOOK

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that the demand
profile for the school is unlikely to change in the near term as
the surrounding area is fully developed. Moody's also expect that
future liquidity increases will be gradual, though a faster than
expected improvement could result in upward rating action.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OF THE RATING

-- Increased demand that results in a substantial waitlist

-- Boosted liquidity, particularly if days cash on hand exceeds
100 days
FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO A DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

-- Substantial amount of additional debt, particularly if coverage
is materially diluted

-- Loss of enrollment that begins to impact financial margins

LEGAL SECURITY

The bonds are payable from a pledge of state per pupil operating
revenues provided by the direct transfer of these funds from the
state to the Trustee to fund debt service. Additional security is
provided by a debt service reserve fund (funded at MADS) and a
first deed of trust on the two school facilities.

USE OF PROCEEDS

Bond proceeds will be used for a roofing project and to repay
previously issued debt to reduce annual debt service expense by way
of maturity extension and interest rate reduction.

PROFILE

Desert Heights Charter Schools operates two facilities serving the
Glendale suburb of Phoenix, AZ. The school serves an enrollment of
902 students in grades K-12.

METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in this rating was US Charter
Schools published in April 2024.


DYNATA LLC: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: Dynata, LLC
             Survey Sampling International, LLC
             4 Research Dr., Suite 300
             Shelton, CT 06484

Business Description: The Debtors and their non-debtor affiliates
                      are a global data platform company in the
                      business of providing business-to-business
                      insights to market research firms, brands,
                      media and advertising agencies, and
                      investment firms, amongst others.
                      Specifically, the Debtors provide its
                      clients the ability to collect data for
                      market research studies via surveys
                      completed by members enrolled in the
                      Debtors' online panels.  Members are
                      recruited from loyalty programs or through
                      online advertising, affiliate marketing, and

                      social media channels.  The Debtors also
                      perform market research, data collection and
                      processing, and client relationship
                      management services.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 22, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Delaware

Nineteen affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

    Debtor                                     Case No.
    ------                                     --------
    Dynata, LLC (Lead Case)                    24-11057
    New Insight Holdings, Inc.                 24-11058
    New Insight Intermediate Holdings, Inc.    24-11059
    Dynata Holdings Corp.                      24-11060
    Research Now Group, LLC                    24-11061
    SSI/Opiniology Interco LLC                 24-11062
    IPinion, Inc.                              24-11063
    Research Now, Inc.                         24-11064
    SSI Holdings, LLC                          24-11065
    New Insight International, Inc.            24-11066
    Imperium LLC                               24-11067
    inBrain, LLC                               24-11068
    Apps That Pay, LLC                         24-11069
    inBrain Holdings, LLC                      24-11070
    Branded Research, Inc.                     24-11071
    ScreenLift.io, LLC                         24-11072
    Research Now DE I, LLC                     24-11073
    Research Now DE II, LLC                    24-11074
    Instantly, Inc.                            24-11075

Judge: Hon. Thomas M. Horan

Debtors' Counsel: Edmon L. Morton, Esq.               
                  Kristin L. McElroy, Esq.
                  Matthew B. Lunn, Esq.
                  Shella Borovinskaya, Esq.
                  YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP
                  Rodney Square
                  1000 North King Street
                  Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                  Tel: (302) 571-6600
                  Fax: (302) 571-1253
                  Email: emorton@ycst.com
                         mlunn@ycst.com
                         sborovinskaya@ycst.com
                         kmcelroy@ycst.com

                    - and -

                  Jeffrey D. Pawlitz, Esq.
                  Andrew S. Mordkoff, Esq.
                  Erin C. Ryan, Esq.
                  Amanda X. Fang, Esq.
                  WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER LLP
                  787 Seventh Avenue
                  New York, New York 10019
                  Tel: (212) 728-8000
                  Fax: (212) 728-8111
                  Email: jpawlitz@willkie.com
                         amordkoff@willkie.com
                         eryan@willkie.com
                         afang@willkie.com

Debtors'
Restructuring
Advisor:           ALVAREZ & MARSAL NORTH AMERICA, LLC             
     
                   755 W. Big Beaver Road, Suite 650
                   Troy, MI 48084

Debtors'
Investment
Banker:            HOULIHAN LOKEY, INC.
                   245 Park Avenue
                   New York, NY 10167

Debtors'
Notice,
Claims,
Solicitation &
Balloting
Agent:             KROLL RESTRUCTURING ADMINISTRATION LLC
                   55 East 52nd Street, 17th Floor
                   New York, NY 10055

Estimated Assets
(on a consolidated basis): $1 billion to $10 billion

Estimated Liabilities
(on a consolidated basis): $1 billion to $10 billion

The petitions were signed by Steven Macri as chief financial
officer.

A full-text copy of the Lead Debtor's petition is available for
free at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/DYJR75Q/Dynata_LLC__debke-24-11057__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

Consolidated List of Debtors' 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                           Nature of Claim   Claim Amount

1. Cint USA Inc                      Trade Payable      $1,562,429
205 E 42nd St
19th Floor
New York, NY 10017 United States
Attn: Giles Palmer
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (504) 264-5820
Email: giles.palmer@cint.com

2. Prime Insights Group LLC          Trade Payable        $782,637
8 The Green
Ste R
Dover, DE 19902 United States
Attn: Benjamin Ritzka
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Email: b.ritzka@rika-netmarketing.com

3. Amazon Web Services               Trade Payable        $779,350
410 Terry Avenue North
Seattle, WA 98109-5210
United States
Attn: Adam Selipsky
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (800) 522-6645
Email: aselipsky@amazon.com

4. Make Opinion GmbH                 Trade Payable        $770,501
Fredersdorfer Str 11 10243
Berlin, Germany
Attn: Christoph Maiwald
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: 49 30 629370810
Email: cmaiwald@makeopinion.com

5. BitBurst GmbH                     Trade Payable        $738,871
Lerchenweg 3
40789
Monheim am Rhein, Germany
Attn: Jan Asbach
Title: Chief Executive Officer & Co-founder
Phone: 49 1526 0000000
Email: jan.asbach@bitburst.net

6. Innovate MR, LLC                  Trade Payable        $409,057
23679 Calabasas Road
#1038
Calabasas, CA 91302 United States
Attn: Lisa Wilding-Brown
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (888) 229-6664
Email: lisa@innovatemr.com

7. DISQO, Inc.                       Trade Payable        $366,845
400 N Brand Blvd
6th Fl
Glendale, CA 91203
United States
Attn: Armen Adjemian
Title: Chief Executive Officer & Co-founder
Phone: (818) 287-7633
Email: armen@disqo.com

8. SHI International Corp            Trade Payable        $335,254
290 Davidson Ave.
Somerset, NJ 08873
United States
Attn: Thai Lee
Title: President and CEO
Phone: (888) 764-8888
Email: thai_lee@gs.shi.com

9. Salesforce.com                    Trade Payable        $310,638
Salesforce Tower
415 Mission Street
3rd Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105
United States
Attn: Marc Benioff
Title: CEO
Phone: (800) 664-9073
Email: marcb@salesforce.com

10. Borderless Access Panels         Trade Payable        $290,016
1455 NW Leary Way
Suite 400
Seattle, WA 98107
United States
Attn: Ruchika Gupta
Title: CEO/Founder
Phone: +91 80 4931 3800
Email: ruchika.gupta@borderlessaccess.com

11. Hilton Honors                    Trade Payable        $272,457
7930 Jones Branch Drive
McLean, VA 22102 United State
Attn: Christopher J. Nassetta
Title: President & Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (888) 446-6677
Email: chris.nassetta@hilton.com

12. WebMD                            Trade Payable        $269,574
395 Hudson Street
Third Floor
New York, NY 10014
United States
Attn: Robert N. Brisco
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (212) 624-3700
Email: bob.brisco@internetbrands.com

13. WorldOne, Inc.                   Trade Payable        $263,437
200 Park Avenue South
Ste 1310
New York, NY 10003
United States
Attn: Peter Kirk
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (866) 910-6279
Email: peter.kirk@sermo.com

14. SS Holdings Group, LLC           Trade Payable        $239,742
101 Wood Avenue South
Iselin, NJ 08830 United States
Attn: Reed Cundiff
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (732) 906-1122
Email: reed.cundiff@schlesingergroup.com

15. Leadgency Performance B.V.       Trade Payable        $216,409
Koperweg 11J
2401 LH
Alphen aan den Rijn, Netherlands
Attn: Kimberley Van Der Helm
Title: Global Account Director
Phone: 31 (0)88 323 2015
Email: kimberley@leadgency.com

16. Language Connect LLP             Trade Payable        $208,431
115 Broadway
New York, NY 10006 United States
Attn: Quentin Naylor
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: +44 20 7940 8100
Email: qnaylor@languageconnect.net

17. Arroyo Media                     Trade Payable        $179,972
530 S Lake St
#250
Pasadena, CA 91101
United States
Attn: Brendan Cronin
Title: COO
Phone: (213) 632-9885
Email: brendan@arroyomedia.com

18. Unimrkt Response Inc             Trade Payable        $176,177
98 Cuttermill Road
Suite 466
Great Neck, NY 11021
United States
Attn: Kanishk Sheel
Title: Co-Founder & Managing Director
Phone: (646) 712-9302
Email: kanishk.sheel@unimrkt.com

19. Arbela Technologies Corporation  Trade Payable        $174,280
6100 W. Plano Parkway
Suite 1800
Plano, TX 75093 United States
Attn: Charlotte McCormick
Title: President
Phone: (404) 596-5383
Email: charlotte.mccormick@argano.com

20. MaxBounty ULC                    Trade Payable        $173,406
PO Box 17039
Ottawa, K4A 4W8 Canad
Attn: Matt McEvoy
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (613) 834-3955
Email: mattm@maxbounty.com

21. Conclave Market                  Trade Payable        $169,173
Research Pvt. Ltd.
C Block Sahaj Avenue
Ahmedabad
Gujarat, 380051 India
Attn: Mayank Pandey
Title: Executive Vice President
Phone: 91 8826254440

22. Paradigm Sample, LLC            Trade Payable         $160,117
921 Port Washington Blvd
Suite 11
Port Washington, NY 11050 United State
Attn: Cyrus Deyhimi
Title: CEO
Phone: (877) 277-8009
Email: cyrus@paradigmsample.com

23. dataSpring Inc                  Trade Payable         $158,136
3506 W. Montague Avenue
Suite 101
N Charleston, SC 29418 United States
Attn: Kathy Johnson
Title: Vice President
Phone: (843) 824-0908
Email: kjohnson@dataspringinc.com

24. Prodege, LLC                    Trade Payable         $156,383
2030 E Maple Avenue
Suite 200
El Segundo, CA 90245 United States
Attn: Josef Gorowitz
Title: Founder & President
Phone: (310) 294-9599
Email: josef.gorowitz@prodege.com

25. Clear Link Technologies         Trade Payable         $145,014
42 Future Way
Draper, UT 84020 United States
Attn: James Harrison
Title: President
Phone: (877) 698-0218
Email: james@clearlink.com

26. Elicit Research and             Trade Payable         $131,448
Insights Inc
140 Broadway
New York, NY 10005 United States
Attn: Sumit Gupta
Title: Co-Founder and Director
Email: sumit@elicitresearch.com

27. Quest Global Research Group Inc Trade Payable         $118,506
125 Lakeshore Road East
#305
Oakville, ON L6J 1H3 Canad
Attn: Greg Matheson
Title: Managing Partner
Phone: (416) 860-0404
Email: gmatheson@questmindshare.com

28. M3 USA Corporation              Trade Payable         $114,911
501 Office Center Drive
Suite 410
Fort Washington, PA
19034 United States
Attn: Aki Tomaru
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (202) 293-2288
Email: atomaru@usa.m3.com

29. TechGenies LLC                  Trade Payable         $106,172
2100 N Greenville Ave
Richardson, TX 75082 United States
Attn: Ahmad Al-Amine
Title: CEO & Co-Founder
Phone: (855) 643-6437
Email: aalamine@techgenies.com

30. Shiftsmart Inc.                  Litigation       Undetermined
C/O: Michelman & Robinson, LLP
Attn: Ashley N. Moore, Matthew E. Yarbrough
300 Crescent Court, Suite 1700
Dallas, TX 75229 United States
Attn: Aakash Kumar
Title: Founder & Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (817) 271-3604
Email: aakash@shiftsmart.com


EAST WEST: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B-' ICR
---------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook to stable from negative and
affirmed its 'B-' issuer credit rating on the joint design
manufacturer and design and services provider, East West
Manufacturing LLC.

S&P said, "We also affirmed our 'B-' issue-level and '3' recovery
rating on East West's revolving credit facility (RCF) and
first-lien term loan.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that East West's new
customer wins, EBITDA margins in the high-single-digit percent
area, positive FOCF generation, and adequate liquidity will help it
sustain its capital structure despite high leverage and volatile
end customer demand.

"We expect East West will maintain leverage below 8x in 2024
despite flat end-customer demand and one-time restructuring costs.
East West saw weak end customer demand from its largest customers
hamper its topline such that its organic revenue declined by
high-single-digit percent in 2023. To offset that revenue decline,
East West focused on improving its profitability. East West
undertook pricing initiatives over the past few years that allowed
for it to pass on higher component costs to its customers. It also
undertook a cost-savings plan to right size its cost structure to
match the weaker demand. Due to these actions, East West was able
to improve its EBITDA margins more than 300 basis points (bps) to
the low-10% area in 2023. Lastly, East West received sponsor equity
contribution for its acquisition of Eastprint in the second quarter
of 2023, adding Eastprint's EBITDA to its business operations. All
of these factors allowed East West to decrease its leverage from
the mid-9x area in 2022 to mid-6x area in 2023.

"For East West, we expect its large customers' demand will remain
muted in 2024 as those customers continue to digest its products in
this current macroeconomic environment. We expect that new logos
will offset some of the weaker demand for its large customers such
that East West will likely see flat revenue growth in 2024. East
West also undertook a cost-savings plan around facility and
personnel consolidation in the fourth quarter of 2023 that will
likely hamper its EBITDA generation with one-time restructuring
costs in early 2024. However, we believe that those one-time costs
will roll off during the year to keep East West's EBITDA margins in
the high-single-digit percent area in 2024. While East West's
leverage will increase, its stable EBITDA margins will help keep
its leverage around the high-6x area in 2024.

"Due to improved working capital monetization and stable EBITDA
margins, we expect East West will continue to generate positive
FOCF in 2024. Like many smaller electronic manufacturing services
(EMS) providers, the semiconductor supply chain shortage elevated
East West's inventory throughout 2021 and 2022, leading it to
generate slightly negative FOCF in 2022. The semiconductor supply
chain issues hampered the company's ability to deliver its
completed products on time. However, as semiconductor supply chain
shortage improved in 2023, East West was able to work down its
inventory levels to monetize its working capital. Due to its higher
EBITDA margin profile and working capital monetization, East West
was able to generate more than $15 million of FOCF in 2023.

"While we expect East West to have lower EBITDA generation in 2024,
we still expect it to generate positive FOCF. East West entered
into interest rate swaps in first quarter of 2024, which we expect
will keep its interest expense stable over the next two years. It
has also been focused on improving working capital (such as taking
customer deposits) and its account receivables, in addition to
continuing to work down its inventory. We expect that working
capital sources will be similar to 2023, such that East West will
be able to generate more than $8 million of FOCF in 2024.

"We believe East West has sufficient liquidity to handle the
inherently volatile EMS market and tough macroeconomic conditions.
We note that East West has no draw on its $40 million revolver,
leading to around $58 million of total liquidity as of the fourth
quarter of 2023, which we believe will help it maintain its
mandatory debt obligations if there is additional volatility to its
credit metrics. Even when East West's EBITDA margins dropped to the
mid-single-digit percent area in 2022 on semiconductor supply chain
issues, East West managed its operating cash flow better than other
small technology hardware companies, such that it only saw modestly
negative FOCF generation and no large draw on its revolver. We
believe that East West could have lower liquidity and still manage
its business operations given the fixed interest expense from the
swaps and $2.75 million debt amortization payments.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that East West's new
customer wins, EBITDA margins in the high-single-digit percent
area, positive FOCF generation, and adequate liquidity will help it
sustain its capital structure despite high leverage and volatile
end customer demand.

"We could lower the rating if we believe East West's capital
structure is unsustainable. This could be due to a large decline in
customer demand, prolonged semiconductor supply chain constraints,
or a tougher macroeconomic environment such that East West sees
negative FOCF after debt service. We could also consider a
downgrade if total liquidity approaches $20 million.

"While unlikely over the next 12 months, we could raise the rating
if we expect East West will maintain leverage below 6x and FOCF
above $20 million without the aid of working capital monetization.
We would need to believe the company could maintain these levels
through volatility in operating metrics, acquisitions, and
shareholder returns. This could occur if large end-customer demand
improved, and the company further expanded its EBITDA margin
profile as a result of its cost-saving initiatives.

"Governance factors are a moderately negative consideration in our
credit rating analysis of East West, as is the case for most rated
entities owned by private-equity sponsors. We believe the company's
highly leveraged financial risk profile points to corporate
decision-making that prioritizes the interests of its controlling
owners. This also reflects private-equity owners' generally finite
holding periods and focus on maximizing shareholder returns."

Social and environment factors are neutral to S&P's analysis of
East West.



EDELMAN FINANCIAL: Moody's Rates New $575MM 2nd Lien Loan 'Caa2'
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has assigned a Caa2 rating to The Edelman Financial
Engines Center, LLC's $575 million backed senior secured second
lien term loan due October 2028, the net proceeds of which will be
used to refinance the $575 million existing second lien term loan
due in July 2026, also rated Caa2. This transaction is leverage
neutral. Moody's also assigned a B2 rating to Edelman's proposed
2028 backed senior secured revolving credit facility which replaces
the current 2026 revolving credit facility. Edelman's B3 corporate
family rating and B2 senior secured first lien term loan rating
remain unchanged. The rating outlook remain unchanged at stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Edelman's B3 CFR rating reflects the company's high leverage, the
sensitivity of its revenue to equity market volatility and the
ongoing risk from debt-funded recapitalizations. Moody's notes that
in 2023, Edelman's financial profile strengthened as Moody's
adjusted debt-to-EBITDA improved to 6.4x from 7.2x, driven by a
combination of stronger financial markets - particularly equity
markets - good cost control and lower marketing spend reflecting
its transition from high cost radio marketing to low cost digital
marketing. The improvement in Edelman's financial profile also
reflects increased Wealth Planning (retail) customer acquisition
through its Workplace (Employee Planning) segment. Moody's expects
modest additional leverage reductions in 2024 if financial market
conditions remain supportive.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's view that the consistent
performance in the Wealth Planning business will be sustained with
continued organic growth driven by growth in employee planning and
as well as incrementally better results from digital marketing as
that sales channel gains traction. Flows in the Workplace business
should improve in 2024 as Moody's does not expect a repeat of the
loss of two fairly large sponsors.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The factors that could lead to an upgrade of Edelman's rating
include: 1) debt-to-EBITDA sustained below 5.5x; 2) high single-to
double-digit revenue growth rate; or 3) pre-tax income margin above
15% on a consistent basis.

Conversely, Edelman's ratings could be downgraded if: 1)
debt-to-EBITDA above 7.5x for a sustained period; 2) declines in
customer acquisition rates and retention rates as well as fee rates
or 3) sustained weakening of the company's liquidity profile.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Asset Managers
Methodology published in November 2019.


EPICOR SOFTWARE: Moody's Rates New First Lien Loans 'B2'
--------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Epicor Software Corporation (CD&R)'s
(Epicor) B2 Corporate Family Rating and B2-PD Probability of
Default Rating. In addition, Moody's assigned a B2 rating to the
new $270 million senior secured first lien revolver due 2029 (New
Revolver), $325 million senior secured first lien delayed draw term
loan due 2031, and $2,770 million senior secured first lien term
loan due 2031 (New First Lien Term Loan). The outlook remains
stable.

Epicor plans to use the net proceeds of the New First Lien Term
Loan to refinance the existing first lien term loans ($1,858
million term loan C and $500 million term loan D) and the $400
million senior secured second lien floating rate notes due 2028
(Second Lien Notes). Epicor is also replacing the existing senior
secured first lien revolver due 2025 with the New Revolver. Lastly,
the amendments to the credit agreement will provide Epicor with a
$325 million senior secured first lien delayed draw term loan due
2031 and a $200 million senior secured second lien delayed draw
term loan. Under certain conditions, the New Revolver and New First
Lien Term Loan may survive a change in Epicor's ownership.

Following full repayment, Moody's will withdraw the ratings on the
existing senior secured first lien revolver due 2025, the existing
first lien term loans ($1,858 million term loan C and $500 million
term loan D), and the Second Lien Notes.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Epicor's B2 CFR incorporates the company's high leverage, with free
cash flow (FCF) to debt of 3.7% (twelve months ended December 31,
2023, Moody's adjusted), and aggressive financial policies. Moody's
expects that Epicor will be acquisitive, which could result in
leverage remaining at elevated levels should the company utilize
its revolver to fund its purchases.

Epicor holds a leading market position as a provider of enterprise
resource planning (ERP) software solutions to a diverse range of
mid-market customers. Epicor maintains strong niche positions
within certain manufacturing, distribution and retail verticals.
The credit profile also recognizes Epicor's high renewal rates, and
thus revenue visibility, from maintenance and subscription revenues
as customers are reluctant to change ERP software providers.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that Epicor will
generate mid to upper single digit percent annual growth in both
revenues and EBITDA (Moody's adjusted) over the next 12 to 18
months. With the increasing profitability, FCF to debt (Moody's
adjusted) will steadily improve toward the mid single digits
percent level. The stable outlook accommodates a moderate level of
debt funded acquisitions.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings for Epicor could be upgraded if free cash flow (FCF) to
debt (Moody's adjusted) is sustained above 8%. The ratings could be
downgraded if FCF to debt (Moody's adjusted) is below 3% on other
than a temporary basis.

Liquidity is good, supported by an estimated $112 million of cash
at close of the debt refinancing, a $270 million revolving credit
facility (undrawn) and FCF of $80 million annually over the next 12
to 18 months. The company uses a large portion of its FCF for
acquisitions and employee stock purchases though amounts can vary
significantly in any period. The company has a $100 million
receivables purchase agreement, which had $74 million of borrowings
outstanding as of March 31, 2024.

Epicor Software Corporation (CD&R) is a leading provider of
enterprise application software for midsized companies. The company
had revenues of approximately $1.1 billion in the twelve months
ended March 31, 2024. Epicor has acquired or merged with several
companies, including Activant Solutions, Inc in 2011. Epicor is
owned by private equity firm Clayton, Dubilier & Rice (CD&R), which
acquired Epicor from private equity group KKR in October 2020.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Software
published in June 2022.


EQUALTOX LLC: Court OKs Cash Collateral Access Thru Aug 10
----------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California,
Santa Ana Division, authorized Equaltox, LLC to use cash
collateral, on a final basis, in accordance with the budget, with a
15% variance, through August 10, 2024.

The Debtor requires the use of cash collateral for operating
expenses and professional fees.

The entities that assert, or may assert, an interest in all or a
portion of the Debtor's cash collateral are: (a) Blue Cross of
California d.b.a. Anthem Blue Cross and Anthem Blue Cross Life and
Health Insurance Company; (b) Sunwest Bank; (c) California
Statewide Certified Development Corporation; and (d) First Citizens
Bank & Trust.

The court said during the Cash Collateral Period, any unused amount
for any given line item in the Budget for a particular week shall
carry forward and can be used in later weeks, and anyamounts
budgeted for a given line item in a particular week may be spent at
an earlier time provided the total amount spent for such line item
does not exceed the total amount budgeted for that line item with
the 15% variance.

Regarding the payments set forth in the Budget to Sunwest Bank,
California Statewide Certified Development Corporation, and First
Citizens Bank & Trust, the Debtor reserves all rights with respect
to the application of such payments to interest or principal under
the Bankruptcy Code.

If and to the extent that, as of the petition date, Anthem,
Sunwest, CSCDC, and/or First Citizens hold a duly perfected,
unavoidable, and valid lien in all, or a portion of, the Debtor's
cash, and such cash, as opposed to unencumbered cash, is actually
used by the Debtor post-petition, then such entity will receive a
replacement lien in the Debtor's post-petition cash, in the same
extent, validity, and priority up to the amount of the cash
collateral existing as of the petition date.

A copy of the order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=2hR9AR from PacerMonitor.com.

The Debtor projects total uses of cash, on a weekly basis, as
follows:

     $82,855 for the week ending May 25, 2024;
     $82,855 for the week ending June 1, 2024;
     $82,855 for the week ending June 8, 2024;
     $82,855 for the week ending June 15, 2024; and
     $82,855 for the week ending June 22, 2024.

                        About Equaltox, LLC

Equaltox, LLC is a full service reference laboratory that can
provide almost any type of blood testing.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 8:23-bk-12243) on
October 27, 2023. In the petition signed by Sulaiman Masood, member
and manager, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets
and liabilities.

Judge Scott C. Clarkson oversees the case.

Robert S. Marticello, Esq., at Smiley Wang-Ekvall, LLP, represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.


FORUM ENERGY: S&P Alters Outlook to Negative, Affirms 'B' ICR
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised the outlook to negative from stable and
affirmed the 'B' issuer credit rating on Forum Energy Technologies
Inc., a Houston-based oilfield products and services provider.

S&P said, "At the same time, we affirmed the 'B+' issue-level
rating on the company's senior secured notes. The '2' recovery
rating is unchanged, reflecting our expectation for meaningful
(70%-90%; rounded estimate: 80%) recovery of principal to creditors
in the event of a payment default."

Forum faces elevated refinancing risk for its $134 million of 9%
senior secured notes due in August 2025, which it must repay or
refinance by May 2025 to avoid triggering the springing maturity
covenant on its asset-backed lending (ABL) credit facility.

S&P said, "The negative outlook reflects the risk that we could
lower our ratings on Forum if it is unable to address its August
2025 debt maturity in a timely manner.

"We believe there is heightened refinancing risk around Forum's
August 2025 debt maturity given its reliance on free operating cash
flow (FOCF) and ABL availability.

"Forum intends on repaying the remaining $134 million of its 9%
senior secured notes due in August 2025 before year-end 2024, using
a combination of cash from its balance sheet, ABL availability, and
anticipated positive FOCF. As of March 31, 2024, the company had
about $49 million in cash and $72 million of availability under its
ABL credit facility. We forecast positive FOCF of about $60 million
in the remainder of 2024 and $70 million in 2025. Under our current
assumptions, the company would have sufficient liquidity to repay
its August 2025 notes by year-end 2024. However, we believe
liquidity could tighten, particularly if the company does not reach
our FOCF expectations and given the high amount it would have drawn
on its ABL facility. The company must repay or refinance these
notes by May 2025 to avoid the maturity on the ABL facility
springing forward to that date from September 2028.

"We expect Forum's credit measures will strengthen over the next
12-24 months, supported by its acquisition of Variperm Energy
Services.

"Forum closed on its $196 million acquisition of Variperm in
January 2024. It financed the deal using a combination of $150
million of cash and two million shares of Forum's common equity
(valued at about $46 million at the time of deal announcement).
Forum funded the cash portion with cash on hand and borrowings on
the ABL credit facility, in addition to a $60 million seller term
loan. Forum intends to repay the seller term loan by mid-2025 using
FOCF, ahead of its three-year maturity, given the steep rate
increase the loan bears in year two when it steps up to 17% from
11%. Nonetheless, we anticipate improving cash flows and credit
measures in 2024 and 2025, compared with prior years, driven
largely by international drilling activity. We expect average funds
from operations (FFO) to debt of 35%-40% in 2024 and 2025, and debt
to EBITDA of about 2.1x over the same period.

"The negative outlook reflects the risk that we could lower our
ratings on Forum if it cannot address its August 2025 debt maturity
in a timely manner, which could result in its credit facility
maturity springing forward to May 2025 and pressure its liquidity
position. The company's current plan to repay the August 2025 notes
relies on positive FOCF and credit facility availability. We expect
positive FOCF of about $60 million in 2024 and $70 million in 2025,
and anticipate average FFO to debt of 35%-40% and debt to EBITDA of
about 2.1x over the next two years.

"We could lower our rating on Forum if it is unable to address its
debt maturity in a timely manner or if its liquidity deteriorates.
This would most likely occur if the company is unable to reach its
FOCF guidance, which would most likely be driven by lower demand
from customers as a result of lower commodity prices affecting E&P
activity levels.

"We could revise the outlook to stable if the company refinances or
repays its August 2025 notes and maintains adequate liquidity."



FORWARD AIR: Fitch Lowers LongTerm IDR to 'B', Outlook Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded Forward Air Corporation's and Clue
Opco, LLC's (collectively FWRD) Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings
(IDRs) to 'B' from 'BB-'. The Rating Outlook is Stable. Fitch has
also downgraded Clue Opco's senior secured credit facilities and
notes to 'B+'/'RR3' from 'BB'/'RR3'.

The downgrade reflects Fitch's expectation that FWRD's financial
flexibility and leverage will deteriorate more deeply than
previously expected in 2024 with a longer timeline to recovery.
Fitch forecasts EBITDA interest coverage around the mid-1x and
EBITDA leverage over 7.0x in 2024 before improving to around 2.0x
and 5.0x, respectively, in 2025, a level more consistent with the
'B' rating. The forecast incorporates operating execution, modest
sequential improvement in operating earnings in both legacy FWRD
and the Omni business, and moderation of one-time costs. Fitch
believes the near-term covenant risk to be manageable given the
expected cash flow improvement, an undrawn credit facility, and
long-dated maturities.

Fitch also considers the prioritization of deleveraging-focused
capital allocation and suspension of dividend payments.
Divestitures are moving into focus in 2024 and could support
deleveraging but are not currently assumed in Fitch's rating case.

Despite the downward trend in Q1 24 performance, the Stable Outlook
incorporates a moderate cushion to the rating and potential for
notable financial profile improvement with execution in line with
FWRD's expectations.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Diminished Financial Flexibility: Fitch expects FWRD's financial
flexibility to weaken in 2024, including negative FCF generation
approaching $100 million in the year. However, prospects for
returning to positive FCF generation in 2025 are good with the
expectation of lower one-time transaction costs (over $50 million
in Q1 24), realization of merger synergies (around $30 million
incremental to 2024), and assumption of moderate sequential organic
growth in revenue and operating profit through 2024.

Fitch believes FWRD has an adequate near-term liquidity profile,
supported by its cash balance. It currently has access to an
undrawn $340 million revolving credit facility though the
maintenance financial covenant (only directly applies to the
revolver) will likely be near the maximum net leverage threshold of
6.0x (5.5x at LTM Q1 24, as calculated by the company). Management
noted it expects to remain in compliance in Q2 24. In Fitch's view,
covenant risk is moderated by the expected improvement in its cash
flow profile coupled with an undrawn credit facility and long-dated
maturities.

Execution Key to Ratings Trajectory: Execution on profitability
initiatives and organic growth recovery will be key to determining
rating trajectory. Sustained challenges executing on planned 2024
cost synergies and failure to turn the Omni business sustainably
profitable would likely drive negative FCF.

Fitch believes these risks are moderated by the line of sight to
cost synergies, newly assumed operational control of the Omni
business, turnaround runway provided by FWRD's liquidity position
and lack of near-term debt obligations. Operational execution in
line with FWRD's previously stated synergy estimates and solid
organic growth and earnings recovery would likely drive a notably
stronger cash flow profile than Fitch currently projects.

Fitch recognizes there is potential for the combined company's
value proposition, direct-to-customer access and adding a premium
less-than-truckload (LTL) network to Omni, to strengthen its market
position.

Strategic Emphasis on De-Risking: Management has accelerated its
portfolio review and believes that divestitures will occur in 2024.
However due to the uncertainty of scale, valuation and timing Fitch
has not incorporated divestitures in its forecast. Fitch expects
proceeds would be used for debt repayment, supporting an
improvement in credit metrics.

FWRD installed a new CEO in Q1 2024 and Fitch believes management
will be focused on nurturing customer relationships in addition to
aforementioned operational and cost actions. The company also
affirmed prioritizing deleveraging and de-risking the capital
structure. Fitch expects to further evaluate any new strategic
plans and likelihood of execution.

Weaker Coverage, Leverage Metrics: Fitch forecasts EBITDA interest
coverage to be near the mid-1.0x and EBITDA leverage in excess of
7.0x in 2024. While the metrics are weak for 'B' rating level Fitch
expects a notable improvement largely driven by higher operating
profit, supporting EBITDA coverage reaching 2.0x and EBITDA
leverage in the low-5.0x in 2025. Weak metrics are moderated by
FWRD's adequate liquidity profile and long-dated debt maturities to
manage through a turnaround. Fitch expects FWRD to direct
substantially all FCF, toward debt repayment until it makes
considerable progress against its leverage target.

Fitch assumes preferred shares will be converted to common equity
or paid-in-kind given the incentive for common shareholders to
approve the conversion or otherwise slow debt repayment and reduce
financial flexibility.

Integration Synergies Progressing: Fitch assumes about $70 million
of EBITDA cost synergies realized within the first three years
after the combination, largely reflecting the potential for OMNI to
leverage FWRD's LTL network. A net incremental $25 million of
EBITDA from revenue synergies is forecast in a four-year period,
reflecting cross-sell opportunities and the ability to capture
wholesale margin from new OMNI revenue. Fitch believes integration
risks are moderated by the asset-light nature of OMNI.

Freight Conditions Steadier: FWRD and the broader freight market
have been in a cyclical downturn since mid-2022; however,
intermodal and truckload freight conditions are expected to see
some signs of improvement in late 2024, corresponding to a
continued exit of truckload capacity. FWRD's LTL business has been
performing relatively well, realizing both rate and volume growth
in Q1 2024.

Fitch views FWRD's freight markets as cyclical, but that large and
well-established operators tend to exhibit comparative resiliency
as economic conditions improve. Prior to start of the downcycle,
freight rates, particularly airfreight, ocean freight and
intermodal, were unusually high due to supply chain bottlenecks and
Fitch expects these businesses to be sustainably smaller as those
markets normalize from temporary pandemic-driven highs.

Service Quality Supports Market Position: FWRD historically
differentiated itself from common LTL operators by focusing on
expedited or high value freight where premium quality service
levels are able to capture outsized margins. Execution on general
rate increases and new business wins in Q1 24 are early indications
that the company remained dedicated to service quality despite
challenging economic conditions. FWRD is the largest operator in
this segment.

While Fitch views competitive barriers in freight forwarding as
relatively lower than operating an LTL network, which requires the
ability to replicate and operate a large physical network, the Omni
purchase adds direct retail access, which opens up half of the
estimated $15 billion expedited LTL market. At this point, Fitch
views the combination as neutral-to-positive to FWRD's business
profile.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Fitch compares FWRD with other trucking and transportation
companies such as XPO, Inc. (BB+/Stable), STG Logistics
(B-/Negative), and TFI International. The combined FWRD business
includes LTL and freight forwarding, similar to the LTL heavy XPO
and TFI operations, while STG is an intermodal services provider
stretching drayage, rail brokerage and logistics. FWRD's focus on
premium and expedited freight, which requires a higher degree of
network speed and premium service quality, while XPO and TFI move
more traditional freight. XPO and TFI are larger peers (top five)
within the broader LTL market and benefit from large geographic
networks within the U.S. and Canada.

Fitch expects XPO's EBITDA and EBITDAR leverage to be in the low
3.0x in 2024, following its purchase of Yellow Corporation assets,
before trending toward the mid-2.0x in 2025. TFI's leverage
historically is managed in the mid-1.0x to low-2.0x and
demonstrated capacity to manage at this level through occasional
large acquisitions. STG's financial flexibility and credit metrics
are relatively weak, reflecting the high exposure to the intermodal
market, with EBITDA interest coverage under 1.0x in 2024 before
recovering to the mid-1.0x in 2025. STG's cash flow will negative
in 2024, tightening financial flexibility.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

- Revenue in the $2.6 billion to $2.7 billion range in 2024,
including Omni since acquired. Underlying growth of the combined
business accelerates by around 5% in 2025 and 2026 reflecting
recovering freight markets and some operational improvement;

- EBITDA margin of nearly 8% in 2024, up from 5% in Q1 2024 with
modest underlying improvement of around 100bps and 200bps of
synergy contribution;

- Incremental EBITDA from cost and revenue synergies rise to $70
million to $95 million per year over the 2025-2026 timeframe and
heavily weighted toward cost savings;

- No cash dividends are paid on the preferred or common shares;

- No divestitures assumed;

- FWRD remains committed to deleveraging, including debt repayment
as the primary focus of FCF and divestitures over the next few
years.

RECOVERY ANALYSIS

The recovery analysis assumes that FWRD would be reorganized as a
going concern (GC) in bankruptcy rather than liquidated. Fitch
assumed a 10% administrative claim.

Fitch estimates FWRD's GC EBITDA at $250 million. The GC EBITDA
estimate reflects Fitch's view of a sustainable,
post-reorganization EBITDA level upon which Fitch based the
enterprise valuation. This estimate reflects a persistently weak
and competitive freight environment and/or significant customer
loss.

Fitch assumes FWRD would receive a GC recovery multiple of 5.5x in
this scenario. The multiple is applied to the GC EBITDA to
calculate a post-reorganization enterprise value (EV). Ultimately
FWRD's 5.5x multiple is driven by the company's market strength in
expedited LTL, scale of its operating network, devaluation of the
Omni business and comparable EV valuations among logistics
providers.

Fitch's recovery scenario assumes FWRD's $340 million revolver is
fully drawn. These assumptions generate a 'B+' rating and an 'RR3'
Recovery rating for the senior secured debt.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

- Establishment and progress against long-term operating plans that
sustainably improves FCF margin to 5% or higher;

- EBITDA interest coverage is sustained above 3.0x;

- Gross debt repayment supports EBITDA leverage sustained below
4.0x.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/upgrade:

- Challenges executing on operational initiatives that leads to
EBITDA margins sustained below the low-double digits and FCF margin
in the low-single digits or below;

- EBITDA interest coverage sustained below 2.0x;

- The liquidity position weakens as indicated by a material
reduction in access to revolver availability;

- EBITDA leverage sustained above 5.0x or FWRD faces challenges
addressing near-term leverage covenant requirement.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Adequate Liquidity: Fitch believes FWRD has a sufficient liquidity
position including $152 million of unrestricted cash on the balance
sheet ($20 million restricted for letters of credit), and an
undrawn $340 million revolving credit facility. FWRD has a
long-dated maturity profile with term loan amortization of 1% per
year prior to the revolver first maturing in 2029.

Equity-Like Preferred Shares: The holders of the preferred shares
have a material equity interest, which aligns their interest with
other common equity. Fitch believes these interests will remain
aligned and does not view the preferred shares as materially
heightening default risk.

ISSUER PROFILE

FWRD is a leading asset-light freight and logistics company that
provides less-than-truckload, final mile, truckload and intermodal
drayage services across the U.S., Canada and Mexico. Omni is a
freight forwarding and supply chain company that provides a range
of domestic, expedited, air and ocean forwarding services.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt             Rating        Recovery   Prior
   -----------             ------        --------   -----
Forward Air
Corporation          LT IDR B  Downgrade            BB-

Clue Opco LLC        LT IDR B  Downgrade            BB-

   senior secured    LT     B+ Downgrade   RR3      BB


GATES CORP: S&P Rates New $500MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'B+'
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issue-level rating and '5'
recovery rating to Gates Corp.'s (Gates) proposed $500 million
senior unsecured notes due 2029. The '5' recovery rating indicates
its expectation for modest recovery (10%-30%; rounded estimate:
25%) in the event of a payment default.

The company plans to use the proceeds from these notes--along with
those from its previously announced $1.3 billion term loan--to
repay its existing term loan B-3 ($1.233 billion outstanding as of
March 31, 2024) due 2027 and its existing senior unsecured notes
due 2026 ($568 million outstanding), which are issued by Gates
Global LLC.

S&P said, "We plan to withdraw our ratings on Gates' existing
revolving credit facility, term loan B-3, and unsecured notes once
the transaction closes and it repays the debt.

"The planned refinancing is largely debt for debt and does not
materially affect our forecast credit measures. We also expect the
refinancing will extend the company's maturities, which we view
favorably."

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- S&P's simulated default scenario assumes a payment default in
2028 due to a sustained economic downturn that reduces customer
demand for new vehicles, intense pricing pressure from competitors,
and execution challenges related to the ramp-up of new technologies
and product offerings.

-- S&P believes that if Gates were to default, it would remain a
viable business because of its diversified customer base and
cost-competitive global footprint. Therefore, S&P believes its
debtholders would achieve the greatest recovery value through a
reorganization rather than a liquidation.

-- S&P said, "We assume that foreign entities are non-guarantors
and comprise 74% of total value. We also assume that these foreign
entities pledge 65% of their equity as collateral to senior secured
lenders. We assume the remaining 35% of equity from foreign
entities is unencumbered and would be available to unsecured
claims, which consist of senior unsecured notes and deficiency
claims of the senior secured debt. We note that some foreign
entities are subsidiaries of a parent guarantor, Gates Industrial
Holdco Limited, and not direct subsidiaries of the issuing entity,
Gates Corp."

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2028

-- EBITDA multiple: 5.5x

-- EBITDA at emergence: $324 million

-- Jurisdiction: U.S.

-- Debt amounts include six months of accrued interest that S&P
assumes will be owed at default.

-- Collateral value includes asset pledges from obligors plus
equity pledges from nonobligors.

-- S&P assumes an 85% draw on the cash flow revolver at default.

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value at default (after 5% administrative
costs): $1.69 billion

-- Valuation split (obligors/nonobligors): 26%/74%

-- Collateral value available to first-lien debt: $1.26 billion
($440 million guarantor/$815 million non-guarantor)

-- Non-collateral value available to first-lien debt: $291
million

-- Secured first-lien debt claims: $2.28 billion

    --Recovery expectations: 50%-70% (rounded estimate: 65%)

-- Non-collateral value available to deficiency claims: $439
million

-- Total unsecured claims including secured deficiency claims:
$1.54 billion

-- Senior unsecured debt claims: $519 million

    --Recovery expectations: 10%-30% (rounded estimate: 25%)



GATES GLOBAL: Moody's Rates New $1.3BB Sr. Secured Term Loan 'Ba2'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned a Ba2 rating to Gates Global LLC's planned
$1.3 billion 7-year senior secured term loan B5. The company's
other ratings, including its Ba3 corporate family rating, Ba3-PD
probability of default rating, Ba2 senior secured bank credit
facilities and B2 senior unsecured rating are unaffected. The
outlook is stable. The company's speculative grade liquidity
("SGL") rating was unchanged at SGL-1.

Gates will use the proceeds from the new facilities, together with
$500 million of new unsecured debt that has not yet been issued and
$25 million of cash, to refinance the company's existing $1.2
billion first lien term loan due 2027, repay $568 million of
existing senior unsecured notes due 2026 and pay fees and expenses
associated with the transaction.      

RATINGS RATIONALE

Gates' Ba3 CFR reflects the company's strong presence in the highly
engineered industrial components market with a focus on
manufacturing power transmission and fluid power units. The company
benefits from its large scale, brand strength and dominant position
as a supplier across diverse industrial end markets. Gates has a
substantial aftermarket presence (about 64% of revenue) that
supports EBITDA margin around 20% and good cash flow.  

However, Gates is exposed to highly cyclical end markets such as
oil & gas, agriculture and construction. Moody's expects revenue
growth to remain under pressure and decline 2-4% in 2024 from
sluggish demand. Debt-to-EBITDA was 3.5 times at March 31, 2024.

Moody's expects Gates' liquidity will be very good, as reflected in
the SGL-1 speculative grade liquidity rating. The company had a
sizeable cash balance of about $522 million at March 31, 2024. In
addition, Gates will have full availability on the $500 million
revolving credit facility that will expire in 2026. Moody's expects
the company to generate $270 million in free cash flow in 2024,
which should be more than ample to help offset seasonal working
capital swings and fund small bolt-on acquisitions.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation of steady demand in
the company's business that will enable Gates to generate positive
free cash flow that can support debt repayment.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded if debt-to-EBITDA is sustained below
3.25 times and EBITA-to-interest approaches 5.0 times. Moody's
would also expect maintenance of a conservative financial policy,
including a prudent approach to returns to shareholders.
Maintenance of very good liquidity would also be required for a
rating upgrade.

A ratings downgrade would be driven by debt-to-EBITDA sustained
above 4 times or EBITA-to-interest below 3.0 times. Debt funded
acquisitions, share buybacks, or shareholder distributions that
increase leverage or weaken liquidity could also lead to a
downgrade.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Manufacturing
published in September 2021.

Gates Global LLC, located in Denver, Colorado, is a leading global
manufacturer of power transmission belts, fluid power products and
critical components used in diverse industrial and automotive
applications. The company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gates
Industrial Corporation PLC (NYSE: GTES), which was formed at the
time of its IPO in January 2018. Gates Global LLC is 27.6% owned by
The Blackstone Group L.P.


GLOBAL MEDICAL: S&P Raises ICR to 'B-' After Debt Modification
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised the issuer credit rating to 'B-' from
'SD' (selective default) on air and ground medical transport
service provider Global Medical Response Inc. (GMR). The outlook is
stable.

At the same time, S&P assigned a 'B-' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to the company's senior secured term loan and
senior secured exchange notes, both due in 2028. The '3' recovery
rating indicates its expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 55%) recovery for lenders in the event of a payment
default.

S&P's stable outlook reflects its expectation of more than
sufficient operating cash flow to cover GMR's fixed costs over the
next 12-24 months.

The transaction extends GMR's maturities and reduces its cash
interest expense. The company extended all of its senior secured
debt to October 2028 and repaid the second-lien debt. This
eliminated the refinancing risk associated with the 2025 maturities
and gives the company additional leeway to continue improving its
profitability and cash flow ahead of its next refinancing cycle.
Incremental cash interest associated with the extended senior
secured debt is more than offset by the elimination of the
second-lien debt interest. GMR issued $962 million of new 15% PIK
preferred equity and will use the proceeds to repay the second-lien
debt, reduce its first-lien term loan by about $191 million, and
add about $99 million cash to the balance sheet.

S&P said, "While we view the preferred equity as debt-like and
include it in our credit metrics, the replacement of cash interest
with PIK and decreased first-lien debt will substantially improve
free operating cash flow (FOCF). We anticipate that at current base
rates, the transaction would improve FOCF by roughly $60 million on
an annual basis.

"GMR outperformed our expectation for revenue growth,
profitability, and cash flow over the past 12 months; we expect it
will generate sustainably positive FOCF.GMR's revenue increased
4.4% in 2023, versus our expectation for roughly flat growth. The
company undertook several strategic initiatives to improve
operational efficiency, including strategic market exits, corporate
cost reductions, and contract renegotiations that resulted in rate
increases. This was further helped by a moderate alleviation in
labor and fuel costs. In 2024, GMR plans to exit more unprofitable
markets and noncore businesses. We expect this will reduce revenue
8%, but with a further 100-130 basis points (bps) improvement in
EBITDA margin. In addition to better-than-expected profitability in
2023, GMR significantly improved receivables collections, returning
to day sales outstanding from before the COVID-19 pandemic. This
resulted in substantial working capital inflow and
better-than-expected fixed-cost coverage. While we expect working
capital will revert to an outflow in 2024, improved profitability
and reduced cash interest expense will offset the impact to cash
flow.

"GMR remains exposed to external factors such as adverse weather,
fixed costs, and regulatory pressures. The emergency air transport
industry is exposed to earnings volatility from weather that could
require GMR to ground its aircraft. These conditions include
extreme weather, dense fog, low clouds, lightning, heavy rain,
snow, etc. GMR mitigated some of this risk with its diversification
into emergency ground transportation. However, GMR has pulled back
from some non-emergent ground operations due to lower margins.
Thus, due to its high EBITDA dependence on air transport, we expect
substantial exposure to weather-related cancellations and
groundings. This is exacerbated by a predominantly fixed-cost
business model because its pilots, clinical crews, and aircraft
must remain idle or be diverted to another base. Furthermore, GMR
continues to be exposed to regulatory changes such as the potential
Veterans Administration reimbursement reduction, which could
constrain revenues as early as 2025.

"Our stable outlook reflects our expectation that GMR will continue
to generate more than sufficient operating cash flow to cover its
fixed costs over the next 12-24 months.

"We could lower our ratings on GMR within the next 12 months if we
believe operating cash flow would decline such that the company
would not cover mandatory capital expenditure, debt amortization,
and principal portion of lease payment for a sustained period."
This could occur if:

-- The VA reimbursement rate reduction is greater than expected
and implemented in 2025;

-- GMR faces accelerate wage inflation and other elevated
operating costs that erode profitability; and

-- Interest rates remain high throughout the forecast.

While unlikely over the next 12 months, S&P could raise its ratings
on GMR if it expects:

-- Adjusted debt to EBITDA (including the preferred shares) to
decline below 6x;

-- Adjusted FOCF to debt to be sustained above 5%; and

-- More clarity regarding the timing and impact of the VA rate
adjustment.

S&P said, "Governance is a moderately negative consideration in our
analysis of GMR. Our assessment of the company's financial risk
profile as highly leveraged reflects corporate decision-making that
prioritizes the interests of controlling owners, in line with our
view of most rated entities owned by private-equity sponsors. Our
assessment also reflects the generally finite holding periods and a
focus on maximizing shareholder returns."



GO DADDY: S&P Affirms 'BB' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Go Daddy Operating Co. LLC's (GoDaddy) proposed
term loan B. At the same time, S&P affirmed its 'BB' issuer credit
rating on GoDaddy.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that GoDaddy will
maintain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt leverage in the high-2x
to low-3x range as it continues to expand and executes its
shareholder-return strategy over the next 12 months.

Go Daddy announced that it plans to issue a 7-year $1 billion term
loan B-7 to refinance its existing $722 million term loan B-4 due
2027 and a portion of its $1.748 billion term loan B-6 due 2029.
S&P expects the leverage-neutral transaction will improve the
company's maturity profile and reduce its interest expense.

S&P said, "The affirmation reflects our expectation that GoDaddy's
strong business momentum and cash flow generation will provide it
with sufficient flexibility to maintain its share repurchase
strategy without weakening its credit quality. The company targets
net leverage of between 2x and 4x (which incorporates changes in
its deferred revenue). Therefore, our rating incorporates our
expectation that GoDaddy could increase its net leverage as it
deploys excess cash for acquisitions or shareholder returns. Pro
forma for the refinancing, we expect the company's leverage will
remain unchanged at 2.9x. Despite GoDaddy's ongoing share
repurchases, we expect its debt leverage will stay in the high-2x
area over the next 12 months supported by a mid-single-digit
percent expansion in its organic revenue, an improving EBITDA
margin, and strong free cash flow generation.

"The company's leverage could increase if it engages in significant
debt-financed acquisitions over the next two to three years.
Nevertheless, even if GoDaddy engages in a large acquisition, we
expect it would fund the transaction in a balanced manner such that
it maintains leverage within management's target range.

"We expect the company's expansion will be fueled by an
accelerating improvement in its application and commerce revenue.
In the first quarter of 2024, GoDaddy increased its application and
commerce revenue by 13% on rising demand, improved pricing, and the
bundling of solutions and products. The company also benefited from
good adoption of its payment solutions, given that it reported
reaching $2 billion in annualized gross payments volume (GPV) from
its existing customers. Furthermore, GoDaddy expanded its core
revenue by 4% on better-than-expected demand for domains in its
primary and secondary markets, increased pricing in the primary
market, and a higher average transaction value in the secondary
market.

"We forecast the company will likely increase its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin in 2024 as it benefits from
improving operating leverage. While the shift in GoDaddy's sales
mix will be a modest headwind for its gross margin, we forecast it
will expand its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin by
approximately 150 basis points (bps)-200 bps in 2024. While the
accelerating expansion in the company's application and commerce
revenue at a higher profit point will act as a tailwind for its
margin, we expect this will be partially offset by the increase in
its transactional business (payments), which features a lower gross
margin. Furthermore, we forecast a reduction in GoDaddy's
restructuring and one-time expenses.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that GoDaddy will
maintain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt leverage in the high-2x
to low-3x range as it continues to expand and executes its
shareholder-return strategy over the next 12 months."



GOFOR INDUSTRIES: Trinity Capital Marks $200,000 Loan at 67% Off
----------------------------------------------------------------
Trinity Capital Inc has marked its $200,000 loan extended to GoFor
Industries, Inc to market at $65,000 or 33% of the outstanding
amount, as of March 31, 2024, according to a disclosure contained
in Trinity Capital's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March
31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Trinity Capital is a participant in a Secured Loan to GoFor
Industries, Inc. The loan accrues interest at a rate of 0%
(Variable interest rate Prime + 7.0% or Floor rate 10.3%) per
annum. The loan was scheduled to mature last May 10, 2024.  Trinity
said the loan is on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2024 and is
therefore considered non-income producing.

Trinity Capital is an internally managed, closed-end,
non-diversified management Investment Company that has elected to
be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. Trinity Capital has elected to be treated, currently
qualifies, and intends to continue to qualify annually as a
regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.

Trinity Capital is led by Kyle Brown, Chief Executive Officer,
President and Chief; and Michael Testa, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer. The fund can be reach through:

     Kyle Brown
     Trinity Capital Inc
     1 N. 1st Street, Suite 302
     Phoenix, AZ 85004
     Tel: (480) 374 5350

GoFor provides reliable, affordable and timely delivery of goods to
customer and job sites.   



GOFOR INDUSTRIES: Trinity Capital Marks $9.7MM Loan at 55% Off
--------------------------------------------------------------
Trinity Capital  Inc has marked its $9,760,000 loan extended to
GoFor Industries, Inc to market at $4,414,000 or 45% of the
outstanding amount, as of March 31, 2024, according to a disclosure
contained in Trinity Capital's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period
ended March 31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

Trinity Capital is a participant in a Secured Loan to GoFor
Industries, Inc. The loan accrues interest at a rate of 2.5%
(Variable interest rate Prime + 8.8% or Floor rate 12.0%) per
annum. The loan matures on February 1, 2026.  The loan is on
non-accrual status as of March 31, 2024 and is therefore considered
non-income producing.

Trinity Capital is an internally managed, closed-end,
non-diversified management Investment Company that has elected to
be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. Trinity Capital has elected to be treated, currently
qualifies, and intends to continue to qualify annually as a
regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.

Trinity Capital is led by Kyle Brown, Chief Executive Officer,
President and Chief; and Michael Testa, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer. The fund can be reach through:

     Kyle Brown
     Trinity Capital Inc
     1 N. 1st Street, Suite 302
     Phoenix, AZ 85004
     Tel: (480) 374 5350

GoFor provides reliable, affordable and timely delivery of goods to
customer and job sites.  



GRAY TELEVISION: Fitch Alters Outlook on 'BB-' LongTerm IDR to Neg.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has revised the Rating Outlook for Gray Television,
Inc. (Gray) to Negative from Stable. Fitch has affirmed Gray's
Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'BB-' and its senior
secured issue ratings at 'BB+' /'RR2', also affirmed the company's
senior unsecured debt at 'BB-'/'RR4'.

Fitch has assigned a 'BB+' /'RR2' rating to Gray's new first-lien
senior secured term loan and notes. The Recovery Rating for the
senior secured debt is revised to 'RR2' from 'RR1', because the
recently contracted A/R Securitization facility ranking
contractually and structurally ahead of the first lien senior
secured debt.

The Negative Outlook reflects Fitch's view that margin erosion
coupled with high debt balances will persist for the company, with
last eight quarters annualized (L8QA) EBITDA leverage remaining
above 5.5x through 2026. Gray experienced substantial EBITDA margin
erosion throughout 2023 and into Q1'24, resulting in L8QA EBITDA
leverage above 6.5x as of March 31, 2024.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Persistently High Leverage: In recent years, Gray accumulated
acquisition-related debt in an effort to diversify its broadcasting
and media asset base. After the last acquisition in 2021, Gray's
pro forma L8QA EBITDA leverage peaked at around 6.5x. Since then,
leverage has remained at high levels due to the new $300 million
A/R securitization facility; the linear advertising recession in
2023, which was partially offset by the relative resilient
retransmission performance; and higher-than-expected payroll costs.
This drove L8QA EBITDA margin down to 30.5% by the end of March
2024, from mid-thirties percent in prior years.

Gray is well positioned to monetize this political year with highly
contested U.S. Presidential, Gubernatorial, Senate and House races
in markets where Gray has a strong presence. Gray has historically
excelled at monetizing political ad revenues per TV Household. It
significantly outperformed its peers during the last two political
years in 2020 and 2022 with $18.1 and $14.7 revenue dollars per
household.

Gray's market position and platform allow it to effectively
monetize political ad revenues, which could result in a substantial
recovery in EBITDA margins, enabling a stronger path to
deleveraging. Fitch expects Gray to continue prioritizing its
deleveraging strategy, driving EBITDA leverage closer to the
sensitivities range in the next 12-18 months, via higher EBITDA
margin, opportunistic debt repurchases, and debt repayments with
free cash flow.

Strong Television Portfolio: On a consolidated basis, Gray covers
36% of U.S. television households. Its strong portfolio of assets
includes #1 ranked stations in 80 of its 114 markets (approximately
70%) and #2 ranked stations in another 20 (approximately 18%).
Station ranking is important to advertisers, especially for
political advertising, with the #1 or #2 ranked stations garnering
a significant portion of political revenues directed at local
television broadcasters.

Gray is the second largest U.S. broadcaster by revenue and number
of markets. Its large scale allows strengthens its national
advertising sales and improves its negotiating position in
retransmission and affiliate renewals. Gray network affiliations
are weighted toward CBS and NBC. Fitch expects Gray will reduce
station acquisitions due to the 39% national audience reach cap.

Advertising Exposure: Advertising revenues accounted for roughly
49% of Gray's average two-year total proforma revenues, excluding
revenues from political advertisements. However, this is down
significantly from the mid-60% range in 2017, primarily due to
growth in retransmission revenues. Fitch expects Gray's reliance on
advertising to continue declining, which would better position the
company to navigate through weaker advertising markets. While
overall ad market expectations may improve, Fitch expects legacy
mediums to continue losing share to digital ones.

Recent Headwinds and Advertising Recession: The diversified media
industry has faced significant macroeconomic and operating
headwinds over the past four years. This culminated in a linear
advertising recession from 2H22 into 4Q23 and the writer's and
actor's strikes in 2023, which impacted content creation. The
introduction of multiple competing digital content distribution
platforms accelerated viewership fragmentation and was a further
drag on linear advertising. Although digital advertising has
recovered, linear weakness continued into 4Q23. Fitch expects
linear media, including cable networks, to recover slowly although
becoming increasingly hyper-cyclical and continue losing share to
digital.

Linear Network Secular Threats: Fitch's ratings recognize the
threats to linear cable networks as the long-term secular decline
of subscribers to multichannel video programming distributors
(MVPD) continues. Despite the relative strength of the networks'
content and franchises, Fitch expects cash flow generation and
margins will remain under long-term pressure. However, over the
near term these networks are likely to continue to benefit from
their dual-stream revenue profile and FCF generation
characteristics.

Solid FCF Generation: TV broadcasters typically generate
significant amounts of FCF due to high operating leverage and
minimal capex requirements. Fitch expects Gray to continue
generating FCF over the rating horizon given the significant
bi-annual growth in political advertising and increasing
retransmission revenue.

Viewer Fragmentation: Gray continues to face the secular headwinds
present in the TV broadcasting sector including declining audiences
amid increasing programming choices, with further pressures from
direct to consumer (DTC) internet-based television services.
However, Fitch expects that local broadcasters, particularly those
with higher-rated stations, will remain relevant and capture
audiences that local, regional and national spot advertisers seek.

Fitch also views positively the increasing inclusion of local
broadcast content in DTC offerings. Growth in DTC subscribers could
provide incremental revenues and offset declines of traditional
MVPD subscribers. However, Fitch does not believe penetration will
be material for Gray over the near term, particularly given the
company's predominance in smaller and medium-sized markets. In
addition, Fitch expects linear subscriber losses to persist in the
low- to mid-single digit range.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Gray's 'BB-' IDR reflects its smaller scale and higher leverage
relative to the larger and more diversified media peers like
Paramount Global (BBB-/Negative) and Warner Bros. Discovery, Inc.
(BBB-/Stable). Gray's ratings reflect the company's high leverage,
which is offset by its enhanced scale and competitive position.
Gray is the second largest U.S. station group by revenue and U.S.
TV household reach. It also maintains the highest broadcast revenue
per television household owing to its strong portfolio of highly
ranked television stations.

Gray has the first- or second-ranked television stations in
approximately 89% of its 114 markets served. Highly ranked stations
typically garner a larger share of the local and political
advertising revenues in their markets. Gray also has a favorable
mix of affiliated stations weighted toward CBS, NBC and ABC.
Although Gray has a similar leverage profile as The E.W. Scripps
Company (B/Stable), it benefits from more number one or number two
ranked stations and has significant exposure in political
battleground areas. Gray's Fitch-calculated EBITDA margins are at
the upper end of the peer group.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

- Core advertising revenue modestly growing at a low single-digit
in FY2024 driven by consistent and solid demand for local content,
various professional sporting events at local, national and global
levels including the 2024 Olympic Games, and a recovering demand
from national advertisers. For the last four years of the
projection, core advertising revenue growth gradually increases
from low single-digit to mid-single digit rate by FY2028, signaling
a recovering and modest expansion in the industry, after the
recessionary market conditions during FY2023.

- Political advertising revenue effectively flat or around the same
level than in FY2020, driven by the presidential election demand
but also by significant senate, house and gubernatorial races in
Gray's key markets. For FY2026, a mid single-digit revenue growth
vs. the last non-presidential election year (i.e. FY2022), and a
relatively flat presidential political year in FY2028 vs. FY2024.

- Gross retransmission revenue with a low single-digit decrease in
FY2024 and FY2025, driven by the net effect of consistent decrease
in subscriptions, partially offset by rate increases. For the last
three years of the projection, retransmission rates reflecting a
low single-digit revenue growth per year, driven by an ongoing but
sluggish decline in subscriptions offset by rate increases,
supported by a resilient and loyal viewership all year.

- EBITDA margin during FY2024 at 33%, reflecting a full
consolidation of past acquisitions including margin gains as result
of achieved synergies and cost-savings but also fully benefiting
from the presidential political year with races at local, state and
federal levels. For the rest of the projection, EBITDA margins
fluctuating between mid-twenties and mid-thirties percent
reflecting continuing pressure on labor costs offsetting with
political cycle revenue and low-single digit organic growth.

- Capex intensity (percentage of total revenue) ranging around
3.25% to 3.90% throughout the projection.

- Common dividends increasing from $45 million in FY2024 to $80
million by the end of the projection.

- Gray successfully refinanced its $1.2 billion of senior secured
Term Loan E and of its senior unsecured notes due 2026 in 2024 with
a mix of debt and cash on balance ($750 million first lien senior
secured Term Loan F, $1.0 billion of first lien senior secured
bonds, $100 million draw under the revolver and cash on hand).

- New first lien senior secured bonds issued in 2027 and 2028 to
refinance its $750 million of unsecured notes due 2027 and the
outstanding Term Loan D due 2028. The $300 million A/R
Securitization facility is assumed to be refinanced and extended to
2029.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Fitch does not expect any near-term positive rating momentum
given the elevated leverage;

- Significant EBITDA margin gains and debt repayment driving, L8QA
EBITDA Leverage below 4.5x;

- Fitch expects the Negative Outlook to stabilize with a sustained
L8QA EBITDA Leverage ranging around 5.5x - 5.0x, as result of an
effective monetization strategy throughout the political cycle,
reflecting significant and sustainable margin gains while
maintaining an adequate liquidity position with a reasonable
reduction of debt from internal free cash flow generation within 12
to 18 months.

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Failed monetization strategy evidencing a persistent margin
erosion and decreased FCF generation, hindering further
deleveraging;

- L8QA EBITDA Leverage not approaching 5.5x over the next 12 to 18
months.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Adequate Liquidity: As of March 31, 2024, Gray's liquidity position
was $753 million supported by $134 million in cash on balance and
$619 million of availability under the recently upsized $625
million revolver facility under its existing credit agreement. The
company does not have any significant maturity until 2026, when the
$1.2 billion Term Loan E, a non-extending tranche of the revolver
about $73 million and the $700 million 5.875% senior unsecured
notes are due.

Over the last four years, Gray averaged about $260 million of free
cash flow per year, demonstrating a resilient business strategy
that enables it to navigate through the non-political cycle.
Fitch's expectation is for the company to continue generating
robust FCF in excess of $200 million per year.

Refinancing of Term Loan E and Unsecured Notes due 2026 with New
Senior Secured Debt: Gray intends to opportunistically refinance
the existing $1.2 billion senior secured Term Loan E and of its
senior unsecured notes due 2026 with proceeds from a new $750
million Term Loan F due 2029, a new $1.0 billion first lien
(ranking pari-passu with the credit facilities) secured notes and
about $100 million draw under its recently extended revolver due
2027, which is also expected to be upsized to $680 million as part
of the refinancing. Fitch expects the transaction to be leverage
neutral.

Debt Structure: Fitch rates Gray's senior secured credit facilities
'BB+', which is two notches higher than the IDR as they are secured
by substantially all of Gray's assets, while the unsecured notes
are rated at the issuer level. The new A/R Securitization facility
was established at a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary,
although the facility does not have a recourse to Gray, the company
provided a performance guarantee for the benefit of the parties.
Fitch does not rate the A/R Securitization facility nor the $650
million Series A Preferred Stock held by Retirement Systems of
Alabama. Fitch has determined that the Series A preferred stock
receives 0% equity credit, and it is included in Fitch's leverage
calculations together with the securitization facility in
accordance with established criteria.

ISSUER PROFILE

Gray is the second largest U.S. television broadcaster, measured by
total revenues and markets served. The company also owns video
program production, marketing and digital businesses including
Raycom Sports, Tupelo-Raycom, and RTM studios.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt               Rating          Recovery   Prior
   -----------               ------          --------   -----
Gray Television Inc.   LT IDR BB-  Affirmed             BB-

   senior secured      LT     BB+  New Rating  RR2

   senior unsecured    LT     BB-  Affirmed    RR4      BB-

   senior secured      LT     BB+  Affirmed    RR2      BB+


GRAY TELEVISION: Moody's Rates New Senior Secured Debts 'Ba3'
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned Ba3 ratings to Gray Television, Inc.'s new
senior secured debts comprising a $750 million guaranteed
first-lien term loan F due 2029 (the "Term Loan F") and $1 billion
guaranteed first-lien notes due 2029 (the "First-Lien Notes").
Gray's B2 Corporate Family Rating, Ba3 ratings on the existing
senior secured debts, Caa1 ratings on the senior unsecured notes
and stable outlook remain unchanged.

Net proceeds plus a draw under the senior secured revolving credit
facility (RCF) will be used to refinance and extend the maturities
of the existing $1.15 billion outstanding senior secured term loan
E due January 2, 2026 (the "Term Loan E") and $700 million 5.875%
senior notes due July 15, 2026. The new Term Loan F and First-Lien
Notes are expected to be pari passu, and issued by the same
borrower, secured by the same collateral package, guaranteed by the
same guarantors, and contain the same terms and conditions as
Gray's existing senior secured first-lien credit facilities. In
conjunction with this transaction, Gray has received commitments to
upsize its $552.5 million guaranteed first-lien RCF tranche due
December 31, 2027 to $680 million via a fungible add-on. Upon
closing, the company intends to terminate the $72.5 million
guaranteed first-lien RCF tranche due December 1, 2026 (the "2026
RCF Tranche"). Moody's expects to withdraw the Ba3 ratings on the
Term Loan E and 2026 RCF Tranche when the refinancing transaction
is completed. The assigned ratings are subject to review of final
documentation and no material change in the size, terms and
conditions of the transaction as advised to Moody's.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Gray's B2 CFR is supported by the company's quasi-national
footprint and scale across its network of broadcast stations, their
significant reach and strong market positions. Gray is one of the
largest US broadcasters with 171 owned and operated network
affiliated TV stations across 114 markets of which roughly 70% are
large or mid-sized markets. The company's revenue model benefits
from a mix of recurring retransmission fees that historically
helped to offset the inherent volatility of traditional advertising
revenue. Over the next several years, Moody's expects
retransmission revenue growth will be challenged in the low-single
digit percentage range as the rate of subscriber losses outpaces
annual fee increases, which constrains the rating. In even numbered
years, revenue benefits from material political advertising spend,
especially during presidential election years, which can mask
pressure in retransmission revenue, but also boosts EBITDA. During
election years, Gray generates solid free cash flow (FCF), which
declines during non-election years.

The B2 CFR is constrained by the ongoing structural decline in
linear TV core advertising as non-political TV advertising budgets
continue to erode in favor of digital media. Moody's expects Gray's
linear TV core ad revenue will continue to be pressured over the
rating horizon, which could worsen during periods of weak CPM (cost
per thousand impressions) pricing and/or deteriorating
macroeconomic conditions. To offset these challenges and diversify
its operations, Gray has invested in new technologies, businesses
(e.g., Atlanta Assembly, a media production "studio city" in
Georgia) and over-the-top (OTT) distribution, however this burdens
cash flows given their lower margin profile and creates operational
risk in the short-term until these assets become profitable. The
rating also reflects a somewhat aggressive financial policy and
tolerance for high financial leverage.

The stable outlook reflects the structural and secular pressures in
Gray's business and Moody's view that the company's credit metrics
are appropriately positioned within the B2 CFR. At FYE 2023, Gray's
total debt to two-year average EBITDA was 6.3x (Moody's adjusted).
Moody's expects leverage to improve to the 5.6x-5.8x region by the
end of 2024 as political advertising revenue in a presidential
election year boosts EBITDA. The improvement will also be aided by
Gray's commitment to repay debt with excess cash flow and proceeds
from asset sales. However, as political advertising recedes in 2025
and retransmission revenue growth remains pressured, Moody's
expects leverage to rise to the 5.75x-6x range at the end of next
year. Moody's normalizes the effect of political advertising by
evaluating two-year averages for Moody's adjusted financial
leverage ratios.

Over the next 12-18 months, Moody's expects Gray will maintain very
good liquidity as reflected in the SGL-1 Speculative Grade
Liquidity rating. At March 31, 2024, LTM FCF (defined by Moody's as
cash flow from operations less capex less dividends) totaled
approximately -$50 million, cash and cash equivalents were $134
million and the two-tranche $625 million RCF was undrawn. Last
year, FCF experienced pressure due to slowing growth in core
advertising spend, absence of political ad revenue in a
non-election year and higher capital expenditures. However, in
2024, Moody's expects that Gray will generate positive FCF of
around $450 million to $550 million driven by high margin political
advertising revenue in a presidential election year and
normalization of capex. Moody's anticipates that the bulk of FCF
will be used for investments and debt repayments/repurchases. In
May, the board approved a $250 million debt repurchase program
through December 31, 2025.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Gray's ESG credit impact score is CIS-4, chiefly driven by
governance and social risks. CIS-4 indicates the rating is lower
than it would have been if ESG risk exposures did not exist. The
credit impact score reflects increasing exposure to governance
risk, influenced by financial strategy and risk management given
the somewhat aggressive financial policy, characterized by
debt-financed acquisitions and a tolerance for high financial
leverage. Governance risk is also driven by management credibility
and track record, and the concentration of voting rights held by
the Howell-Robinson family and affiliates, with about 40% voting
control. Elevated social risks include demographic and societal
trends associated with changes in consumers' video consumption.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if Gray sustains leverage comfortably
well below 4.75x (Moody's adjusted on a two-year average EBTIDA
basis) and FCF to debt above 6% (Moody's adjusted on a two-year
average FCF basis). Gray would also need to: (i) exhibit organic
revenue growth and stable-to-improving EBITDA margins on a two-year
average basis; (ii) adhere to conservative financial policies; and
(iii) maintain at least good liquidity to be considered for an
upgrade. Ratings could be downgraded if Gray's leverage was
sustained above 6x (Moody's adjusted on a two-year average EBITDA
basis) as a result of weak operating performance or more aggressive
financial policies. A downgrade could also arise if FCF to debt was
sustained below 3% (Moody's adjusted on a two-year average FCF
basis) or Gray experienced deterioration in liquidity or covenant
compliance weakness.

Headquartered in Atlanta, GA, Gray Television, Inc. is a multimedia
broadcast company that currently owns and operates television
stations across 114 markets reaching 36% of US households (25%
including the 50% UHF discount). In roughly 90% of its markets, the
company operates the #1 or #2 ranked station. Gray is publicly
traded with the Howell-Robinson family and affiliates of the late
J. Mack Robinson collectively owning approximately 11% of combined
classes of common stock. The dual class equity structure provides
these affiliated entities with around 46% voting share. Revenue for
the twelve months ended March 31, 2024 totaled approximately $3.3
billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Media published
in June 2021.


H&H ENTERPRISES: Court OKs Cash Collateral Access on Final Basis
----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Florida,
Panama City Division, authorized H&H Enterprises of PC BCH LLC DBA
Sandbar to use cash collateral, on a final basis, in accordance
with the budget.

The Debtor is directed to pay the U.S. Small Business
Administration monthly interim payments in the amount of $741 on
the First of each Month, commencing June 1, 2024, and continuing
until otherwise modified by the Plan of Reorganization or entry of
an Order from the Court.

The Debtor is also ordered to pay Fox monthly interim payments in
the amount of $741 on the 15th of each month, commencing May 15,
2024, and continuing until otherwise modified by the Plan of
Reorganization or entry of an Order from the Court.

Fox will be deemed to have an allowed secured claim in the amount
of $127,875. Fox will file a proof of claim asserting this position
which the Debtor agrees not to object to.

A copy of the order is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=2nqZml
from PacerMonitor.com.

          About H&H Enterprises of PC BCH LLC DBA Sandbar

H&H Enterprises of PC BCH LLC DBA Sandbar filed its voluntary
petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankrutpcy Code (Bankr.
N.D. Fla. Case No. 24-50032) on March 6, 2024, listing $165,486 in
assets and $1,086,708 in liabilities. The petition was signed by
Craig K Harris as MGRM.

Judge Karen K. Specie oversees the case.

Michael Austen Wynn, Esq. at Wynn & Associates PLLC represents the
Debtor as counsel.


HIS STORY: Unsecured Creditors to Split $25K in Subchapter V Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
His Story Development LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Eastern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization under
Subchapter V dated May 6, 2024.

The Debtor was organized for the specific purpose to produce and
present the theatrical presentation of His Story: The Musical, a
contemporary pop/rock/rap lyrical story of Jesus at a long-term
venue in Grandscape Texas, in the The Colony, Texas.

The Debtor acquired a state-of-the art 1300 seat theater tent to
serve as a destination location for a long-term theatrical run.
Unfortunately, the production had to close after a short run of
only six weeks. With no more performances, the tents and supporting
equipment and furnishings sat unused at the Grandscape location.

The Debtor attempted to find alternative uses for the facility to
generate cash flow, but all efforts were unsuccessful. The Debtor
has ceased all operations and will have no future earnings.

Along with filing its bankruptcy schedules and statement of
financial affairs and appearing at the meeting of creditors on
March 7, 2024, the Debtor has filed applications to employ its
counsel Quilling Selander, Lownds, Winslet and Moser, PC and to
engage Rosen Systems to conduct a liquidation auction of some of
its assets. Rosen Systems conducted an auction of all of the
Debtor's equipment and furnishings between March 7 to 14, 2024.

The Debtor received $24,834.28 from the auction. The Debtor also
filed a motion to sell the tents for $185,000 including the 1300
seat tent and several smaller tents and accessories. The sale of
the tents saved the Debtor the cost of removing the tents itself
estimated to be at least $100,000 – and the cost of storage as
well as relieving the Debtor of the obligation to maintain
expensive insurance. At the time this Plan, those funds were being
held in escrow pending the successful and complete removal of the
tents from Grandscape.

The Debtor filed the instant case in order to orderly liquidate its
assets and distribute the proceeds to its creditors. This Plan
provides an orderly manner to satisfy, or otherwise, distribute the
sale proceeds to the Debtor's creditors. The Debtor believes that
the terms of this Plan will maximize distributions to the creditors
of the Debtor.

The Class 4 Claims include all General Unsecured Claims, the
unsecured portion of the Class 2 and Class 3 claimants, and all
other Claims not specifically provided for elsewhere herein. The
Class 4 claims of unsecured creditors are impaired and shall
receive a pro rata share of the $25,000 carved out of the secured
claimants' interest in the Debtor's assets.

Within 30 days of the sale of the last property, the Debtor shall
prepare a schedule of the remaining unpaid Class 4 claims and
calculate payment on a pro rata basis and deliver the payment
schedule to the members of Class 4 with notice of the amount each
Class 4 claimant shall be paid with instructions to file
objections, if any, within 30 days of the mailing of the payment
schedule. Once the objection period has run, and there are no
unresolved objections, the Debtor shall disburse the sale proceeds
per the schedule to the Class 4 claim holders.

Class 5 consists of Interest Holders. Holders of Interests in the
Debtor shall retain such Interests following the Effective Date and
shall receive a distribution only in the event that all senior
claims are paid in full with interest. The Class 5 Interest Holders
do not vote on the Plan.

As of the Effective Date, all Assets of the Debtor shall be vested
in the Debtor. The Assets shall be vested in the Debtor free and
clear of all Liens, Claims, rights, Interests, and charges, except
as expressly provided in this Plan.

The Debtor has liquidated all of its physical assets resulting in
cash and received total sale proceeds of $243,091.48. The
obligations under the Plan shall be funded by distribution of the
cash and sale proceeds of all assets of the Debtor. The only
remaining assets of the Debtor consists of the "Intangible
Rights."

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan dated May 6, 2024 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=f7dzyk from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     John Paul Stanford, Esq.
     QUILLING, SELANDER, LOWNDS, WINSLETT & MOSER, P.C.
     2001 Bryan Street, Suite 1800
     Dallas, TA 75201
     Tel: (214) 880-1805
     Fax: (214) 871-2111
     Email: jstanford@qslwm.com

                  About His Story Development

His Story Development, LLC, a company in West Palm Beach Fla.,
filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. E.D. Texas Case No. 24-40288) on
February 6, 2024, with as much as $1 million to $10 million in both
assets and liabilities. Bruce Lazarus of Evergreen Five LLC, the
managing member of His Story Development, signed the petition.

Judge Brenda T. Rhoades oversees the case.

Quilling, Selander, Lownds, Winslett & Moser, P.C. serves as the
Debtor's legal counsel.


ICON AIRCRAFT: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
-------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 disclosed in a court filing that no
official committee of unsecured creditors has been appointed in the
Chapter 11 case of ICON Aircraft, Inc.

                        About ICON Aircraft

ICON Aircraft, Inc., is an aircraft design and manufacturing
company focused on the creation of consumer-friendly, safe, and
technologically advanced aircrafts that make the adventure of
flying more accessible to mainstream consumers. The Company's
flagship production aircraft -- the ICON A5 -- is an
amphibioussport plane. ICON Aircraft was founded in 2006 in
response to the Federal Aviation Administration's ("FAA")
establishment of the light-sport aircraft ("LSA") category and the
sport pilot license ("SPL") class.

ICON Aircraft and three of its affiliates filed voluntary petitions
for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Lead Case No.
24-10703, Bank. D. Del.) on April 4, 2024. On the petitions signed
by Thomas M. McCabe as chief restructuring officer, the Debtors
reported $100 million to $500 million in estimated assets and $100
million to $500 million in estimated liabilities.

Hon. Craig T. Goldblatt presides over the cases.

The Debtors tapped Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor LLP and Sidney
Austin LLP as bankruptcy counsel. Stretto, Inc., is the Debtors'
claims and noticing agent.


IMA FINANCIAL: Moody's Affirms B3 CFR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed the B3 corporate family rating and
B3-PD probability of default rating of IMA Financial Group, Inc.
(IMA). The rating agency also affirmed the B3 ratings on IMA's $190
million senior secured revolving credit facility and its $905
million ($891 million outstanding) senior secured term loan. The
company plans to reprice and add $125 million to the term loan,
which is due in November 2028. IMA will use net proceeds of the
add-on to help fund acquisitions, for general corporate purposes,
and to pay related fees and expenses. The rating agency also
assigned a B3 rating to the company's new $200 million senior
secured revolving credit facility due in August 2028. Moody's will
withdraw the rating from the existing revolver when the transaction
closes. The rating outlook for IMA is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Moody's said the ratings affirmation reflects IMA's good regional
presence as a middle market insurance broker offering property and
casualty insurance and employee benefits products and services
mainly in the western and southwestern US. IMA has good
diversification across clients, producers and insurance carriers
and has expertise in sectors such as real estate, construction and
energy. The company has grown rapidly in recent years through a
combination of acquisitions and good organic growth. IMA remains
focused on building scale and improving EBITDA margins.

These strengths are offset by IMA's high financial leverage, low
interest coverage, significant cash outflows to pay contingent
earnout liabilities and integration risk associated with
debt-funded acquisitions. Other challenges include IMA's modest
scale relative to other rated insurance brokers, and its geographic
concentration where the top four states account for a majority of
revenue. The company's financial leverage is high for its rating
category with modest interest coverage, leaving little room for
error in managing its existing and newly acquired operations. Like
other brokers, IMA also faces potential liabilities arising from
errors and omissions in the delivery of professional services.

For the 12 months through March 2024, IMA's pro forma financial
leverage (per Moody's calculations) remained well above 7x, with
low interest coverage and free cash flow metrics. Moody's expects
that IMA will reduce its pro forma debt-to-EBITDA ratio below 7x,
and maintain (EBITDA – capex) interest coverage and
free-cash-flow-to-debt ratios in the low single digits over the
next few quarters. These metrics reflect Moody's accounting
adjustments for operating leases, contingent earnout liabilities,
and run-rate EBITDA from acquisitions. The company is majority
owned by its employees and minority owned by three private equity
firms. The company's minority investors would likely provide
additional support if needed, in Moody's view.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to an upgrade of IMA's ratings include: (i)
increased scale and geographic diversification, (ii) debt-to-EBITDA
ratio below 5.5x, (iii) (EBITDA – capex) coverage of interest
exceeding 2.0x, (iv) free-cash-flow-to-debt ratio exceeding 5%, and
(v) successful integration of acquisitions.

Factors that could lead to a rating downgrade include: (i)
debt-to-EBITDA ratio remaining above 7x, (ii) (EBITDA – capex)
coverage of interest below 1.2x, (iii) free-cash-flow-to-debt ratio
below 2%, or (iv) disruptions to existing or newly acquired
operations.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Insurance
Brokers and Service Companies published in February 2024.

Based in Denver, CO, IMA ranks among the 25 largest US insurance
brokers based on 2022 revenue, according to Business Insurance. The
company distributes commercial and personal property and casualty
insurance, employee benefits and retirement products to midsize and
large businesses and individuals. For the 12 months through March
2024, IMA generated total commissions and fees of $634 million.


INH BUYER: BlackRock TCP Marks $7.3MM Loan at 25% Off
-----------------------------------------------------
BlackRock TCP Capital Corp has marked its $7,393,627 loan extended
to INH Buyer, Inc. to market at $5,567,401 or 75% of the
outstanding amount, as of March 31, 2024, according to a disclosure
contained in BlackRock TCP's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period
ended March 31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

BlackRock TCP is a participant in a First Lien Term Loan (1.5% Exit
Fee) to INH Buyer, Inc. The loan accrues interest at a rate of
12.41% (SOFR (Q) +7%, 1% FLOOR) of per annum. The loan matures on
June 28, 2028.

BlackRock TCP, formerly known as TCP Capital Corp., is a Delaware
corporation formed on April 2, 2012 as an externally managed,
closed-end, non-diversified management investment company. The
Company elected to be regulated as a business development company
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

BlackRock TCP is led by Rajneesh Vig, Chief Executive Officer; and
Erik L. Cuellar, Chief Financial Officer. The fund can be reach
through:

     Rajneesh Vig
     BlackRock TCP Capital Corp
     2951 28th Street, Suite 1000
     Santa Monica, CA 90405
     Tel: (310) 566-1000

Danbury, Conn.-based IMS Health, Inc. provides critical sales and
other market intelligence primarily to pharmaceutical and biotech
companies.  



JELD-WEN INC: Moody's Affirms Ba3 CFR & Ups Unsecured Notes to B1
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed JELD-WEN, Inc.'s Ba3 corporate family
rating, Ba3-PD probability of default rating, and the company's Ba2
senior secured term loan B rating. At the same time, Moody's
upgraded JELD-WEN's senior unsecured notes ratings to B1 from B2.
The SGL-2 Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating remains unchanged. The
rating outlook is maintained at stable.

The CFR affirmation reflects JELD-WEN's solid positioning in the
rating category given its robust scale and strong market position
in the window and door market, its conservative approach to balance
sheet management, including deleveraging focus and a prudent long
term net debt to EBITDA target, as well as absence of shareholder
friendly returns or acquisitions as the company focuses on
operating margin growth, efficiencies and productivity
improvements. JELD-WEN is experiencing soft conditions in its
repair and remodeling market in North America as well as in its
residential and commercial markets in Europe, weighing on its top
line and credit metrics. However, the rating action reflects
Moody's expectation that over the next 12 to 18 months the
company's operating margins will improve through a variety of
strategic initiatives and lead to adjusted debt to EBITDA declining
below 4.0x. In addition, Moody's expects that over this time period
the company will maintain good liquidity, generate solid free cash
flow, and experience positive tailwinds from the new residential
construction market in the US.

The senior unsecured note ratings upgrades to B1 from B2 reflect
the declining amount of secured debt in the capital structure
through term loan amortization, and the resulting lower loss
absorption by the unsecured notes.

RATINGS RATIONALE

JELD-WEN's Ba3 CFR is supported by: 1) its strong market position
as a leading manufacturer of doors and windows in its North
American and European end markets; 2) large revenue base of $4.2
billion as of the last twelve months ended March 30, 2024, with
global scale and geographic diversification of sales across about
70 countries; 3) financial policy that is geared toward
conservative debt leverage with a net debt to EBITDA target of 2.0
to 2.5x; and 4) long-term strategies directed at productivity
enhancements, cost reductions, and product pricing to support
profitability improvement.

At the same time, JELD-WEN's credit profile is constrained by: 1)
the cyclicality of the end markets served, particularly the new
residential construction segment; 2) competition and significant
pricing volatility inherent to the building products sector,
inflationary input cost pressures, and weaker operating margins
compared to peers; 3) long-term risks related to an acquisitive
growth strategy, which presents integration challenges, and to
shareholder-friendly activities in the form of share repurchases,
although neither is expected in the near term; and 4) risks related
to the company's litigation proceedings.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that over the next
12 to 18 months the company will improve its operating margin
profile through cost reduction strategies and delever below 4.0x
adjusted debt to EBITDA, while maintaining good liquidity.

JELD-WEN's SGL-2 Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating reflects
Moody's expectation that the company will maintain good liquidity
over the next 12 to 15 months. Liquidity is supported by $234
million of cash at March 30, 2024, Moody's expectation of solid
free cash flow, significant availability under the company's $500
million ABL revolving credit facility expiring in July 2026, and a
covenant-lite structure.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if adjusted debt to EBITDA is
sustained below 3.5x, adjusted EBITA to interest coverage is above
4.5x, and adjusted EBITA margin  improves materially. In addition,
the upgrade will take into consideration the company's financial
policy, acquisition strategy, industry conditions, and liquidity.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company's adjusted debt to
EBITDA is sustained above 4.5x, adjusted EBITA to interest is
sustained below 3.0x, operating margin declines or if liquidity
weakens meaningfully.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Manufacturing
published in September 2021.

JELD-WEN, Inc. is a vertically integrated manufacturer of interior
and exterior doors and windows across different price points for
the new residential construction, repair and remodeling, and
nonresidential building markets in North America and Europe. In the
last twelve months ended March 30, 2024, JELD-WEN generated about
$4.2 billion in revenue.


JM WAYS: Bid to Use Cash Collateral Denied as Moot
--------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Indiana, New
Albany Division, denied as moot the motion to use cash collateral
filed by JM Ways, LLC d/b/a Skyline Chili as the case has been
dismissed on May 17, 2024.

A copy of the order is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=fE2eVD
from PacerMonitor.com.

                         About JMWays LLC

JMWays LLC owns a building located on leased land having a current
value of $1.2 million.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 23-90970) on October 6,
2023. In the petition signed by William Jacobs, managing partner,
the Debtor disclosed $1,357,890 in assets and $1,545,419 in
liabilities.

Judge Andrea K. Mccord oversees the case.

Weston E. Overturf, Esq., at Kroger, Gardis & Regas, LLP,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


JOANN INC: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B-' on Emergence From Bankruptcy
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on U.S.-based
creative retailer Joann Inc. to 'B-' from 'D'. The outlook is
negative.

At the same time, S&P assigned its 'B-' issue-level rating and '4'
recovery rating (30% – 50%; rounded estimate: 30%) to the
company's $154 million exit term loan issued by Needle Holdings
LLC.

The negative outlook reflects the risk that S&P could lower its
rating on Joann over the next 12 months if its turnaround efforts
falter, diminishing its prospects to generate positive free
operating cash flow (FOCF).

The upgrade of Joann Inc. reflects the company's lower debt and
interest burden and our expectations for improving operating
results. The company's post-emergence capital structure consists of
a $500 million asset-based lending (ABL) revolver, $100 million
first-in-last-out (FILO) loan facility, and a $154 million exit
term loan, representing a reduction of over $500 million in debt
compared to prepetition levels. S&P said, "As a result, we forecast
the company's interest burden will be reduced by about $45 million
this year compared to fiscal 2024 (ended Feb. 3, 2024). We expect
the company's turnaround initiatives, which includes rightsizing
corporate expenses and renegotiating contracts with suppliers, will
improve profitability over the next two years."

S&P said, "Notwithstanding better credit metrics, we believe
Joann's liquidity will be constrained over the near term. In the
lead up to its Chapter 11 filing, the company's vendors withheld
merchandise receipts over concerns of being repaid. While vendors
were ultimately unimpaired, inventory receipts deteriorated
sharply. We expect Joann will heavily rely on its ABL facility this
year as it rebuilds its inventory position to healthier levels. We
anticipate Joann's cash flow generation will improve this year due
to less interest expense and improving profitability, but still
forecast a cash flow deficit approaching $35 million this year,
before turning positive in fiscal 2026. In our view, the company
has limited cushion to absorb additional setbacks in its turnaround
initiatives. As a result of these operational and financial risks,
we apply a negative comparable ratings analysis modifier.

"We expect revenue will continue to contract over the next two
years due to weak consumer demand and store closures. Joann's
comparable store sales contracted 4% in fiscal 2024, representing
its third consecutive year of declining sales, as lower demand for
its craft technology, non-Halloween seasonal and home decor
products offset better results in its textiles categories. On a
nominal basis, Joann generated net sales in fiscal 2024 that were
slightly below fiscal 2012 levels. Notably, Joann did not close any
of its stores as part of the reorganization. While less than 5% of
stores are unprofitable on a stand-alone basis, its store base is
less productive than peers in our view. We anticipate the company
will close about 15-25 underperforming stores annually over the
next two years as leases expire."

The company's technology investments have strengthened its
e-commerce performance, which is partially offsetting the weak
long-term sales trends in the company's brick-and-mortar business.
E-commerce sales represented about 13% of total sales in fiscal
2024, and we anticipate online sales will grow to account for
roughly 15% of total sales over the next two years. Joann's depth
and breadth of needle arts merchandise is an important
differentiator to other pure e-commerce competitors. However, the
channel migration to online will weigh on margins given associated
freight expense and store occupancy deleveraging.

S&P said, "Despite topline challenges, we expect operating margins
will improve due to cost control initiatives. S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin improved 120 basis points in fiscal
2024 to 10.2%. This was due to lower freight and fuel costs, lower
clearance expenses and improved product mix, partially offset by
higher labor costs and other expenses related to Joann's turnaround
initiatives. The company has expanded its Focus, Simplify, Grow
initiatives and expects about $256 million in savings. Our forecast
projects S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins will continue
to expand to the mid- to high-teen percent area over the next two
years due to higher merchandise margins, lower store labor, and
reduced corporate expenses. Nevertheless, we expect Joann will need
to lower prices to increase traffic, win over inflation-weary
customers, and stay competitive in an increasingly promotional
environment.

"Improved S&P Global Ratings-adjusted credit metrics give Joann
greater bandwidth to turnaround its operating performance.
Following its debt reduction through Chapter 11, we project Joann's
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage will decline more than four
turns to 4.2x by fiscal year-end 2025. We also project S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted funds from operations (FFO) to debt will improve
to nearly 14% this year from 2% at fiscal year-end 2024. The
company received almost $110 million in new capital during
bankruptcy to support its operations with the remainder consisting
of outstanding payables. Joann's exit financing facility matures in
April 2028, while its ABL and FILO facilities mature in June 2027.
In our view, the company will need to meaningfully improve
operating performance to successfully refinance its capital
structure into a more sustainable long-term option.

"The negative outlook reflects the risk that we could lower our
rating on Joann over the next 12 months if profitability
improvements lag our expectations, resulting in continued free
operating cash flow deficits and deteriorating liquidity."

S&P could lower its rating on Joann if S&P views the company's
capital structure as unsustainable. This could occur if:

-- The company is unable to improve its operating margins and
generate positive FOCF; or

-- Liquidity tightens leaving limited cushion for potential
setbacks on turnaround initiatives.

S&P could revise its outlook to stable if:

-- Operating performance improves, including stabilizing sales
trends and higher operating margins, leading to better FOCF; and

-- Liquidity improves as the company reduces the outstanding
amount drawn under its ABL facility.

S&P said, "Governance factors are a moderately negative
consideration in our ratings analysis. Management's strategic
initiatives have been unsuccessful in addressing years of declining
customer traffic.
The company has relied on cost-cutting and scaled back capital
investments to ameliorate its persistent cash flow deficits.
Additionally, the company has operated without a permanent,
full-time CEO since May 2023."



LA HACIENDA: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
-----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 disclosed in a court filing that no
official committee of unsecured creditors has been appointed in the
Chapter 11 case of La Hacienda Mobile Estates, LLC.

                 About La Hacienda Mobile Estates

La Hacienda Mobile Estates, LLC is primarily engaged in renting and
leasing real estate properties.

La Hacienda sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bank. D. Del. Case No. 24-10984) on May 9, 2024,
with $1 million to $5 million in both assets and liabilities.  The
petition was signed by Matt Davies as managing member.  

The Hon. Karen B. Owens presides over the cases.

The Debtors tapped Ashby & Geddes, P.A. as bankruptcy counsel.


LAND O'LAKES CAPITAL: Moody's Affirms 'Ba1' CFR, Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed the Ba1 rating on Land O'Lakes Capital
Trust I's ("LOL Trust") 7.45% capital securities maturing in March
2028. LOL is a financing subsidiary of parent company Land O'Lakes,
Inc. (Land O'Lakes). The outlook remains stable.

The rating affirmation reflects Land O'Lakes' good scale and market
position in diversified agricultural-related businesses that
continue to produce relatively stable earnings. Operating cash flow
generation coupled with a conservative financial policy contribute
to low 2.3x debt-to-EBITDA leverage as of the 12 month period ended
March 31, 2024. The company also maintains good liquidity to manage
operating performance volatility. The affirmation also reflects
Moody's expectation that debt-to-EBITDA leverage will be maintained
below 3.0x at the end of each fiscal year. In addition, Moody's
expects that Land O'Lakes will experience low single-digit annual
revenue growth in the next two years and that the EBITDA margin
will remain steady in the low-to-mid single digits.

Moody's is forecasting Land O' Lakes dairy segment to experience
low single digit operating profit growth in the next 12 to 18
months driven by improved margins in dairy ingredients offset by
increased advertising and promotional activity. Operating profit in
the feed segment is also forecasted to grow in the low single
digits, driven by growth in lifestyle feed offset by continued
pressures in the livestock feed segment as a result of declining
cattle herds. Lastly, Moody's is forecasting a slight decline in
operating profits in the crop inputs segment as a result of lower
expected volumes due to likely delays in farmers making planting
decisions based on the outlook for corn and soybean prices.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Land O'Lakes Capital Trust I's Ba1 preferred stock rating reflects
that the preferred stock is subordinated to Land O'Lakes, Inc.'s
senior debt. The preferred stock represents an interest in the
assets of Land O'Lakes Capital Trust I whose sole asset is junior
subordinated debt that is issued by Land O'Lakes, Inc.

Land O'Lakes, Inc.'s credit profile reflects its good market
position in three sizable segments, which diversity helps produce
relatively stable consolidated earnings despite volatility within
the segments. Land O'Lakes also benefits from economies of scale
that translates into lower supply costs for its members and more
efficient marketing for its members' milk. The credit profile
reflects Land O'Lakes ability to elect to reduce payments to
members in order to conserve cash needed for debt service in a
stress scenario.

Liquidity is good and near-term debt maturities are manageable.
Land O'Lakes' credit quality is constrained by the low margin
commodity nature of the majority of its businesses with operating
margins around 2-3%. Earnings are also subject to volatility
related to commodity prices on both the sale and supply sides of
the business, farm income, and uncontrollable factors such as
weather. The credit profile is also constrained by a complex
governance structure that could impede quick decision making. In
addition, as a cooperative, the company has limited access to
equity capital markets.

Moody's expects Land O'Lakes will maintain a relatively
conservative leverage policy including low leverage. The business
is capital intensive and low leverage ensures investment
flexibility and helps manage the inherent volatility in
agricultural commodity businesses. The cooperative structure
nevertheless creates risk because any excess earnings above
reinvestment needs are typically distributed to shareholders or
used to redeem the interests of members that leave the coop. This
limits the buildup of cash that could otherwise be utilize to repay
debt or fund future investments.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The stable outlook reflects Moody's view that the company will
maintain moderate financial leverage and manage costs to partially
mitigate the downturn in cattle herds. The stable outlook also
incorporates Moody's view that the company will maintain good
liquidity to manage working capital needs and the volatility in
agricultural markets.

Ratings could be downgraded if there is a deterioration in
operating performance or liquidity, there is a shift in industry
fundamentals, regulation, or the cooperative governance structure
or membership levels that adversely affects Land O'Lakes business.
Acquisitions that increase business risk, debt / EBITDA sustained
above 3.0x, or leverage debt-to-EBITDA leverage that increases over
time or rises more meaningfully above 3.0x over the course of the
year could also lead to a downgrade.

Ratings could be upgraded if the company continues to focus on
effectively managing core businesses to produce consistent revenue
and earnings growth, there is a significant reduction in cash flow
volatility, and debt / EBITDA is sustained below 2.0x.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Protein and
Agriculture published in November 2021.

Land O'Lakes is a large agricultural cooperative that provides an
extensive line of agricultural supplies (seed and crop protection
products) and services to farmers under its Winfield brand. It also
produces a full line of dairy based consumer, foodservice, and food
ingredient products. Some of these products are marketed under
well-known brand names including "LAND O'LAKES". The cooperative
also produces animal feed for both the commercial and consumer
markets. It sells its animal feed products (other than dog and cat
food) under brand names including Purina. Revenues were $16.3
billion for the 12 months ending March 31, 2024.


LBM ACQUISITION: Moody's Rates New Secured 1st Lien Term Loan 'B3'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned a B3 rating to LBM Acquisition, LLC's (dba
US LBM) proposed senior secured first lien term loan due 2031. US
LBM's B3 corporate family rating and B3-PD probability of default
rating are not affected. The B3 rating on US LBM's existing senior
secured first lien term loan due 2027, the Caa2 rating on its
senior unsecured notes and the Caa2 rating on the senior unsecured
notes issued by BCPE Ulysses Intermediate, Inc. (BCPE), US LBM's
parent holding company, are also not affected. The outlook remains
unchanged at stable.

Moody's expects the terms and conditions of the proposed senior
secured term loan to be similar to US LBM's existing rated senior
secured term loan. The term loans will be pari passu. Proceeds from
the new term loan will go towards terming out most of the
borrowings ($552 million on March 31, 2024) under the company's
asset based revolving credit facility (unrated) and to pay related
fees and expenses in essentially a leverage-neutral transaction.
The proposed term loan may be upsized, with the additional funds
used to term out potentially the remaining borrowings under the
revolving credit facility and to paydown US LBM's existing term
loan.

Moody's views the proposed transaction as credit positive, adding
to liquidity and reducing refinancing risk in 2027 at which time
the revolving credit facility and the balance of the term loan
matures. The net change in interest is not material relative to US
LBM's cash interest payments of about $380 million for 2023.

RATINGS RATIONALE

US LBM's B3 CFR reflects the company's corporate governance, which
is the greatest credit challenge at this time. Also, US LBM retains
a levered capital structure, with adjusted debt-to-EBITDA of 4.3x
by year-end 2024. Material expansion of operating margins is
difficult to achieve due to intense competition and reliance on
commodity-like products, which are easily available from other
distributors. Providing an offset to these challenges is good
operating performance, with adjusted EBITDA margin sustained in the
range of 10% - 12% through 2024. Good liquidity is a credit
strength. These factors and end market dynamics that support some
growth also supports US LBM's credit profile.

Moody's projects US LBM maintaining good liquidity, generating
decent cash flow (excluding dividend payments) each year and having
sufficient availability under its revolving credit facility.
Revolver availability pro forma for the proposed transaction is in
excess of $1 billion, after considering practically no borrowings,
letter of credit issuance, and the borrowing based formula.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's view that US LBM will continue
to perform well. Good liquidity, no material near-term debt
maturities and some improving end market dynamics further support
the stable outlook.

The B3 ratings on US LBM's senior secured term loans, the same
rating as the corporate family rating, results from its
subordination to company's revolving credit facility but priority
claim relative to the senior unsecured notes.

The Caa2 ratings on the senior unsecured notes, two notches below
the corporate family rating, results from their subordination to
the company's considerable amount of secured debt.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

A ratings upgrade could occur if end markets remain supportive of
organic growth such that adjusted debt-to-EBITDA is sustained below
4.5x and adjusted interest coverage, measured as adjusted
EBITA-to-interest expense, is above 3x. Upwards rating movement
also requires preservation of at least good liquidity and
predictable financial policies regarding capital deployment.

A ratings downgrade could occur if adjusted debt-to-EBITDA is above
6.5x or adjusted interest coverage is trending towards 1x. Negative
ratings pressure may also transpire if the company experiences
weakening of liquidity or adopts more aggressive dividend
policies.

US LBM, headquartered in Buffalo Grove, Illinois, is a North
American distributor of building materials. Bain Capital Private
Equity, LP and Platinum Equity, through their respective affiliates
own 47% each of US LBM. Management controls the remaining 6%.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Distribution and
Supply Chain Services published in February 2023.


LEONA TRANSPORTATION: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to August 26
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Elizabeth S. Stong of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of New York extended Leona Transportation Inc.'s
exclusive periods to file its plan of reorganization and disclosure
statement to August 26, 2024.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor herein, is a
transportation corporation, which suffered severely during the
Covid-19 pandemic. Debts on several loans and credit lines
accumulated, while the Debtor was unable to operate at full
capacity. In order to reorganize its debts and allow for feasible
debt repayment terms, the Debtor sought Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection.

The Debtor needs an additional time to negotiate the resolution of
the claim filed by U.S. Small Business Administration, to draft the
settlement agreement, thereafter to obtain Court approval of the
mutually reached terms and to file a plan of reorganization,
incorporating settlement terms reached by the parties and offering
treatment to remaining Creditors of the estate. Further, the Debtor
needs additional time to negotiate the cure terms with respect to
the rent arrears with the Landlord.

Leona Transportation Inc., is represented by:

     Alla Kachan, Esq.
     LAW OFFICES OF ALLA KACHAN, P.C.
     2799 Coney Island Avenue, Suite 202
     Brooklyn, NY 11235
     Tel: (718) 513-3145

                About Leona Transportation

Leona Transportation, Inc. filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition
(Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 23-41546) on May 3, 2023, with as much as
$1 million in both assets and liabilities. Judge Elizabeth S. Stong
oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped the Law Offices of Alla Kachan, P.C. as
bankruptcy counsel and Wisdom Professional Services, Inc. as
accountant.


LYONS COMPANIES: Hires SC&H Group Inc. as Investment Banker
-----------------------------------------------------------
The Lyons Companies, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Kentucky to employ SC&H Group,
Inc. as its investment banker.

SC&H would be engaged to provide customary advisory and
transaction-related consultation services in connection with a
possible sale under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code. SC&H will
provide its merger and acquisition, asset sale(s), capital raising,
financial restructuring and related advisory services related to
the Debtor, its business, or its assets and liabilities.

The firm will be compensated as follows:

Transaction Fees. The Debtor shall pay to SC&H a Transaction Fee in
connection with any Closing(s):

     (i) In the event the Debtor completes a Sale, a fee (the "Sale
Fee") to be paid upon the Closing, subject to Court approval, of
any Sale as described immediately below, subject to the limitation
in section (vi) below regarding Big Shoulders Capital, Iroquois
Industrial Group, and their affiliates (collectively, "Big
Shoulders"):

     For a Transaction with Total Consideration:

     a. Less than or equal to 5 million $300,000, or

     b. Greater than $5 million but less than $8 million $400,000,
or

     c. Greater than or equal to $8 million $400,000 plus 5 percent
of Total Consideration above $8 million

    (ii) In the event the Debtor completes a Financing, a fee (the
"Financing Fee"), to be paid upon the Closing of any Financing, and
subject to section (v) below, equal to the greater of $300,000 or
the sum of:

          a. 2 percent of the gross amount of funded or committed
indebtedness that is secured by a first lien including, without
limitation, debtor-in-possession financing; plus

          b. 3 percent of the gross amount of funded or committed
indebtedness that (1) is secured by a second or more junior lien,
(2) is unsecured and/or (3) is subordinated; plus

          c. 5 percent of the gross amount of any funded or
committed preferred or common equity, convertible or otherwise
equity-linked securities or obligations.

   (iii) The minimum for any Sale Fee or Financing Fee shall be
$300,000 (the "Minimum Transaction Fee"), subject to the limitation
in section (vi) regarding Big Shoulders which could reduce this
amount by 1/3 to $200,000.

    (iv) In the event the Debtor completes a Restructuring, a fee
(the "Restructuring Fee") equal to $300,000, payable upon the
Closing of the Restructuring including, without limitation, the
confirmation and effectiveness of a Plan of Reorganization.
However, if SC&H has earned a Sale and/or Financing Fee, any
Restructuring Fee will be limited to $75,000.

     (v) The Debtor and SC&H acknowledge that more than one of a
Sale Fee, a Financing Fee, and a Restructuring Fee may be earned
and payable to SC&H pursuant to the provisions herein, provided,
however, that if the Debtor sells the Business or substantially all
of its assets as a going concern and subsequently files a plan of
liquidation, only a Sale Fee would be due and no Restructuring Fee
would be payable. Further, to the extent that a Sale Fee and a
Financing Fee are both earned, then the amount of the Financing Fee
shall be reduced so that it is calculated as only the sum of the
following formula which may be less than $300,000:

          a. 2 percent of the gross amount of funded or committed
indebtedness that is secured by a first lien including, without
limitation, debtor-in-possession financing; plus

          b. 3 percent of the gross amount of funded or committed
indebtedness that (1) is secured by a second or more junior lien,
(2) is unsecured and/or (3) is subordinated; plus

          c. 5 percent of the gross amount of any funded or
committed preferred or common equity, convertible or otherwise
equity-linked securities or obligations.

    (vi) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in all instances
SC&H's Sale Fee and Minimum Transaction Fee shall be reduced by 1/3
if Big Shoulders makes an offer to purchase substantially all of
the Debtor's assets within ten days of the date of the Engagement
Letter, and Big Shoulders closes on that offer at the same price as
originally set forth in the offer.

The Debtor will pay all of SC&H's reasonable and documented
out-of-pocket expenses provided, however, that aggregate
reimbursements shall not exceed $20,000 without the Debtor's prior
written approval.  

Matt LoCascio, a principal at SC&H Group, disclosed in a court
filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" pursuant to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Matt LoCascio
     SC&H Group, Inc.
     910 Ridgebrook Rd.
     Sparks, MD 21152
     Tel: (410) 403-1500
     Email: mlocascio@schgroup.com

          About Lyons Companies, LLC

The Lyons Companies, LLC has been providing advanced custom metal
fabrication services and high-quality industrial and appliance
products to companies throughout North America.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Kent. Case No. 24-30684) on March 15,
2024. In the petition signed by Steven Huff, CEO and member, the
Debtor disclosed up to $50 million in both assets and liabilities.

April A. Wimberg, Esq., at DENTONS BINGHAM GREENEBAUM, represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.


NEXTCAR HOLDING: Trinity Capital Marks $4.5MM Loan at 46% Off
-------------------------------------------------------------
Trinity Capital  Inc has marked its $4,573,000 loan extended to
NextCar Holding Company, Inc to market at $2,462,000 or 54% of the
outstanding amount, as of March 31, 2024, according to a disclosure
contained in Trinity Capital's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period
ended March 31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

Trinity Capital is a participant in a Secured Loan to NextCar
Holding Company, Inc. The loan accrues interest at a rate of 5.3%
(Variable interest rate Prime + 5.8% or Floor rate 9.0%) per annum.
The loan was scheduled to mature June 30, 2024.  The loan is on
non-accrual status as of March 31, 2024 and is therefore considered
non-income producing.

Trinity Capital is an internally managed, closed-end,
non-diversified management Investment Company that has elected to
be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. Trinity Capital has elected to be treated, currently
qualifies, and intends to continue to qualify annually as a
regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.

Trinity Capital is led by Kyle Brown, Chief Executive Officer,
President and Chief; and Michael Testa, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer. The fund can be reach through:

     Kyle Brown
     Trinity Capital Inc
     1 N. 1st Street, Suite 302
     Phoenix, AZ 85004
     Tel: (480) 374 5350

Santa Monica-based NextCar Holding Company, Inc. specializes in
offering short-term vehicle subscriptions.  It acquired the
Autonomy.com domain name and related intellectual property from
Micro Focus International in England on undisclosed terms.


ODYSSEY MARINE: Grant Thornton Raises Going Concern Doubt
---------------------------------------------------------
Odyssey Marine Exploration, Inc. disclosed in a Form 10-K Report
filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, that its auditor expressed
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.

Tampa, Fla.-based Grant Thornton LLP, the Company's auditor since
2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
May 17, 2024, citing that the Company incurred net operating losses
during the year ended 2023, and as of December 31, 2023, the
Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $26.6
million, and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by
$85.9 million. These conditions, along with other matters, raise
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.

Odyssey said, "We have experienced several years of net losses and
may continue to do so. We have experienced a net loss in every
fiscal year since our inception except for 2023 and 2004. We had
net income in 2023 of $1.5 million only as a result of a gain
recognized on debt extinguishment. Our net losses were $23.1
million in 2022. Our ability to generate net income or positive
cash flows for the following twelve months is dependent upon
financings, our success in developing and monetizing our interests
in mineral exploration entities, generating income from contracted
services or collecting on amounts owed to us."

"Our 2024 business plan requires us to generate new cash inflows to
effectively allow us to perform our planned projects. We
continually plan to generate new cash inflows through the
monetization of our receivables and equity stakes in seabed mineral
companies, financings, syndications or other partnership
opportunities. If cash inflow ever becomes insufficient to meet our
projected business plan requirements, we would be required to
follow a contingency business plan based on curtailed expenses and
fewer cash requirements. On December 1, 2023, we entered into the
December 2023 Note Purchase Agreement with institutional investors
pursuant to which we issued and sold to the investors the December
2023 Notes in the principal amount of up to $6.0 million and the
December 2023 Warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. We
issued December 2023 Notes in the aggregate amount of $3.75 million
and related warrants on December 1, 2023, and December 2023 Notes
in the aggregate amount of $2.25 million and related warrants on
December 28, 2023. On May 3, 2024, we received a payment of
approximately $9.4 million arising from a residual economic
interest in a salvaged shipwreck. The balance of the proceeds from
the December 2023 Notes and a portion of the proceeds received in
May 2024, together with other anticipated cash inflows, are
expected to provide operating funds through at least the third
quarter of 2024.

"Our consolidated non-restricted cash balance at December 31, 2023
was $4 million. We have a working capital deficit at December 31,
2023 of $26.6 million. The total consolidated book value of our
assets was approximately $22.8 million at December 31, 2023, which
includes cash of $4 million. The fair market value of these assets
may differ from their net carrying book value. The factors raise
substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going
concern."

A full-text copy of the Company's Form 10-K is available at
https://tinyurl.com/2s8ce9ue

                       About Odyssey Marine

Odyssey Marine Exploration, Inc. and subsidiaries is engaged in
deep-ocean exploration. Our innovative techniques are currently
applied to mineral exploration and other marine survey and
contracted services. Its corporate headquarters are in Tampa,
Florida.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has $22.8 million in total
assets, $108.7 million in total liabilities, and $85.9 million in
total stockholders' deficit.


OLD SCHOOL: Unsecureds to Get Share of GUC Distribution Pool
------------------------------------------------------------
Old School Power, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization dated May 6,
2024.

Old School Power was formed in July 2021 to purchase and develop
certain oil and gas assets located in Southwest Oklahoma.

The Debtor purchased its oil and a gas assets with the
understanding that a waterflood would be necessary to improve
pressure in the formation, and expectation that its operator (and
its members/managers) would execute and effectuate such waterflood.
Over the next two years, the Debtor's members invested millions of
dollars into the oil and gas assets under the auspices that Fulcrum
was implementing the waterflood.

In the fall of 2023, after investing millions of dollars, the
Debtor became aware for the first time that Fulcrum had not in fact
implemented the waterflood, and instead had merely been re
injecting formation water. Due to the lower than expected
production (due to no waterflood), the Debtor was not able to
produce sufficient oil and gas to create enough revenue to pay
operating expenses and the amounts owed on the CanAm Note. In mid
2023, the Debtor began attempting to negotiate with Ouelette to no
avail.

In November 2023, recognizing that neither he nor CanAm had
recorded a lien in Jackson County where the assets are located,
Ouelette filed a UCC-1 Financing Statement in Jackson County. In
December 2023, Ouelette sued the Debtor in Denton County Texas
state court on the CanAm Note. After additional attempts to
negotiate and settle with Ouelette failed, the Debtor filed this
case in order to address its balance sheet and invest new capital
to perform the waterflood necessary to obtain the production it
expected when it originally purchased the assets.

Class 4 consists of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims against
Old School Power. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed
General Unsecured Claim and the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor agree
to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of the GUC
Distribution Pool, in full and final satisfaction of such claims,
paid annually, with the first payment occurring on or before the
date that is 60 days after the one year anniversary of the
Effective Date (the "First GUC Distribution Date"), a second
distribution occurring on the date that is one year after the First
GUC Distribution Date, and a third distribution occurring on the
date that is two years after the First GUC Distribution Date. The
Class 4 Claims of the General Unsecured Creditors are Impaired.

The allowed unsecured claims total $1,016,549.15.

Class 5 consists of the Equity Interests in Old School Power.
Holders of Equity Interests in Old School Power shall retain their
interests in Old School Power. The Class 5 Claims of Equity
Interests in Old School Power are Unimpaired, and they are not
entitled to vote.

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Debtor shall
continue to exist after the Effective Date as the Reorganized
Debtor in accordance with the applicable laws of the state of
Texas. On or after the Effective Date, without prejudice to the
rights of any party to a contract or other agreement, the
Reorganized Debtor may, in its sole discretion, take such action as
permitted by applicable law and the Reorganized Debtor's
organizational documents as the Reorganized Debtor may determine is
reasonable and appropriate.

Within 180 days of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall
commence a pilot waterflood of acreage generally described as the
"Walls Leases."

Within 60 days of the Effective Date, the members of the
Reorganized Debtor shall execute the appropriate and necessary
documents to effectuate the terms of the Exit Facility.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 6, 2024 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=3Yu9Gv from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Jason P. Kathman, Esq.
     SPENCER FANE LLP
     5700 Granite Parkway, Suite 650
     Plano, TX 75024
     (972) 324-0300 – Telephone
     (972) 324-0301 – Facsimile
     Email: jkathman@spencerfane.com

                  About Old School Power, LLC

Old School Power, LLC is a Texas entity. The Debtor owns various
oil wells, related equipment, and production from wells located in
Jackson County, Oklahoma.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 24-40275) on February 5,
2024. In the petition signed by J. Michael Issa, manager, the
Debtor disclosed up to $1 million in both assets and liabilities.

Jason P. Kathman, Esq., at Spencer Fane, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


OMNIA PARTNERS: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'B2' CFR to Negative
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed OMNIA Partners, Inc.'s (OMNIA) corporate
family rating at B2 and probability of default rating at B2-PD. At
the same time, Moody's also affirmed OMNIA Partners, LLC's upsized
backed senior secured first lien bank credit facility at B2. The
outlooks for both OMNIA and OMNIA Partners, LLC were changed to
negative from stable.

As part of an equity recapitalization transaction, the company
plans to issue $320 million of fungible senior secured first lien
bank credit facility and $240 million of a new second lien term
loan (not rated). The proceeds from the debt issuance as well as a
portion of balance sheet cash will be used to fund a $778 million
dividend to OMNIA's private equity owners and other shareholders,
and pay transaction-related fees.

"The debt funded dividend further weakens OMNIA's financial
leverage (pro forma debt to EBITDA on Moody's-adjusted basis) to
about 7.5x (fiscal 2023) from about 5.5x following the recent
leveraging Premier B&I acquisition, and is expected to remain
elevated (around 6x) over the next 12-18 months with little buffer
for any potential operational underperformance" said Mikhil Mahore,
Moody's analyst.

The negative outlook reflects sustained elevated leverage and
limited buffer in OMNIA's B2 credit metrics. Moody's expect OMNIA
will maintain solid revenue growth and healthy profit margins, such
that financial leverage reduces to below 6x and interest coverage
to above 2x by the end of 2025. Moody's may consider stabilizing
the outlook if leverage approaches 6x and interest coverage
approaches 2x in the next 12 to 18 months.

RATINGS RATIONALE

OMNIA's B2 CFR rating benefits from: (1) the ongoing transition of
public and private sector groups to group purchasing organizations
(GPOs) for savings; (2) healthy EBITDA margins, complemented by an
asset-light business model supporting free cash flow generation;
(3) long-term contracts and high customer retention rate of over
95%; and (4) very good liquidity. The company's rating is
constrained by: (1) high leverage (expected at 6.6x in 2024) and
weaker interest coverage (around 1.9x in 2024); (2) exposure to
volume fluctuations given small scale; and (3) concentration in
providing procurement efficiencies to the public sector as a GPO.

OMNIA has very good liquidity. Stoces total about $500 million,
consisting of company's expectation of around $75 million cash
following the transaction, Moody's expectation of about $120
million in free cash flow in the four quarters through June 2025
and full availability under OMNIA Partners, LLC's upsized $300
million first lien revolving credit facility due 2028. Uses are
limited to about $21 million in mandatory debt amortizations,
before consideration of the excess cash flow sweep. The revolver
has a springing maximum first lien net leverage covenant when
drawings exceed 40% of the total commitment with which Moody's
expect the company to remain in compliance over the next 12 months.
The company has limited sources of alternate liquidity.

OMNIA Partners, LLC's senior secured first lien revolving credit
facility due in 2028 and senior secured first lien term loan due in
2030 are rated B2, same as OMNIA's CFR. The facilities are
guaranteed by OMNIA and its operating subsidiaries and secured by
substantially all of the company's domestic assets.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if the company sustains Debt/EBITDA
below 4x, EBITDA/Interest above 3x, demonstrates a conservative
financial policy track record, and maintains a strong liquidity
profile.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company faces deterioration
in revenue, earnings or operating margins, debt/EBITDA remains
above 6x, EBITDA/interest is below 1.5x or liquidity becomes weak.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.

Headquartered in Franklin, TN, OMNIA Partners, Inc. is a leading
GPO serving state and local public agencies, educational
institutions and corporate clients in the US through its
subsidiaries (OMNIA Partners, Public Sector and OMNIA Partners,
Private Sector).


ONE MORE RECOVERY: Court OKs Cash Collateral Access on Final Basis
------------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas,
Dallas Division, authorized One More Recovery, LLC to use cash
collateral, on a final basis, in accordance with the budget, with a
10% variance.

The Debtor's Secured Lenders are Fora Financial, Velocity Capital
Group, and Channel Partners.

Secured Lenders assert they are secured by a lien on and security
interest in substantially all of the Debtor's Equipment, Accounts
and Inventory.

As adequate protection for the use of cash collateral, the Secured
Lenders are granted replacement security liens on and replacement
liens on all of the Debtor's Equipment, Inventory and Accounts,
whether such property was acquired before or after the Petition
Date.

As additional adequate protection for the Secured Lenders, the
Debtor will escrow and hold in trust for the benefit of the Secured
Lenders 11% of its gross revenue pending the Final Hearing.

The Replacement Liens will be equal to the aggregate diminution in
value of the respective Collateral, if any, that occurs from and
after the Petition Date. The Replacement Liens will be of the same
validity and priority as the liens of Secured Lenders on their
prepetition Collateral.

The Replacements Liens will be subject and subordinate to: (a)
professional fees and expenses of the attorneys, financial advisors
and other professionals retained by any statutory committee if and
when one is appointed; and (b) any and all fees payable to the
United States Trustee pursuant to 28 U.S.C. section 1930(a)(6), the
Subchapter V Trustee, and the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court.

Velocity will have an allowed secured claim in the amount of
$135,021 secured by accounts and the proceeds thereof to the extent
of the pre-petition agreements by and between the Debtor and
Velocity and any applicable security interests granted therein and
perfected by virtue of a subsequent pre-petition UCC-1 Financing
Statement.

The Debtor will remit payment to Velocity at the rate of $7,500 per
month, commencing June 1, 2024, and continuing thereafter until the
Allowed Velocity Claim is paid in full.

A copy of the order is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=If3Mot
from PacerMonitor.com.

                 About One More Recovery LLC

One More Recovery LLC is a towing service provider in Texas.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 24-30808) on March 22,
2024. In the petition signed by Tana Patterson, owner, the Debtor
disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Stacey G. Jernigan oversees the case.

Robert T DeMarc, Esq., at DEMARCO MITCHELL, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


OWENS-BROCKWAY GLASS: Moody's Rates New Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B2'
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned a B2 rating to the proposed senior
unsecured notes issued by Owens-Brockway Glass Container, Inc., a
subsidiary of O-I Glass, Inc. ("O-I"). O-I's Ba3 corporate family
rating, Ba3-PD probability of default rating, the Speculative Grade
Liquidity rating (SGL) of SGL-1, and the instrument ratings of
O-I's subsidiaries all remain unchanged. The outlook is stable.

The note proceeds will be used to consummate the redemption of the
existing senior unsecured notes at Owens-Brockway Glass Container,
Inc. that will mature in 2025. Any remaining proceeds may be used
for general corporate purposes. Moody's expects the proposed notes
to be pari passu with Owens-Brockway Glass Container, Inc.'s
existing unsecured notes.

"Moody's view this as a leverage neutral, refinancing transaction
although the proceeds will temporarily increase the group's total
debt on a gross basis until the existing notes mature in 2025,"
said Motoki Yanase, VP - Senior Credit Officer at Moody's.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B2 rating on the senior unsecured notes at Owens-Brockway Glass
Container, Inc. reflects their structural subordination to the
senior unsecured debt at OI European Group B.V. The notes do
benefit from guarantees by Owens-Illinois Group, Inc. and certain
domestic subsidiaries. However, the notes do not benefit from
guarantees from foreign subsidiaries, including O-I European Group
B.V., which generate the majority of the group's cash flow.
Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc.'s senior unsecured notes are
contractually subordinated to the group's senior secured credit
facilities, including the revolver and the term loans, which are
not rated by Moody's.

O-I's Ba3 CFR reflects the company's (i) leading market position as
the largest glass packaging company in the world (measured by
revenue and volume), (ii) broad manufacturing presence with 69
manufacturing facilities across 19 countries, (iii) high exposure
to defensive end markets (beer, soft drinks, spirits, and food),
and (iv) strategic relationships with blue chip customers. In
addition, the rating is supported by O-I's revenue, EBITDA and
operating free cash flow visibility with about 55% of sales being
under long-term contracts, and which include provisions for raw
material and energy costs pass-through. At the same time, Moody's
rating takes into consideration the company's debt leverage,
European exposure, product concentration risk, and low growth.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that O-I will grow
revenue organically, improve profitability and generate free cash
flow that can be used to control total debt.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded if adjusted debt-to-EBITDA is below
4.0x, EBITDA-to-interest coverage is above 5.5x, and free
cash-to-debt is above 7.5%.

The ratings could be downgraded if adjusted debt-to-EBITDA is above
4.75x, EBITDA-to-interest coverage is below 4.5x, and free
cash-to-debt is below 5.0%.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Packaging
Manufacturers: Metal, Glass and Plastic Containers published in
December 2021.

Headquartered in Perrysburg, Ohio, O-I Glass, Inc. is a global
glass packaging company. For the twelve months that ended in March
2024, O-I generated about $6.9 billion in revenues.


PAIN MEDICINE: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: The Pain Medicine & Rehabilitation Center,
        Professional Corp.
        357 Tanger Blvd.
        Ste. 201B
        Seymour IN 47274

Business Description: The Debtor offers treatment for neck pain,
                      back pain, chronic pain, nerve pain & joint
                      pain.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 23, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Indiana

Case No.: 24-90519

Judge: Hon. Andrea K Mccord

Debtor's Counsel: KC Cohen, Esq.
                  KC COHEN, LAWYER, PC
                  1915 Broad Ripple Ave.
                  Indianapolis IN 46220
                  Tel: 317-715-1845
                  Fax: 636-8686
                  Email: kc@esoft-legal.com

Total Assets: $184,672

Total Liabilities: $3,982,926

The petition was signed by Anthony Alexander as president.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors is available
for free at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TBV2PJY/The_Pain_Medicine__Rehabilitation__insbke-24-90519__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


PARK ROCK: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
--------------------------------------------
Debtor: Park Rock Group LLC
        930 White Horse Pike
        Absecon, NJ 08201

Business Description: Park Rock Group LLC

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 23, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of New Jersey

Case No.: 24-15246

Debtor's Counsel: Christopher S. Martone, Esq.
                  MARTONE & ASSOCIATES, LLC
                  2500 Lemoine Avenue
                  Fort Lee, NJ 07024
                  Tel: 201-944-5004
                  Email: MARTONELAW@GMAIL.COM

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Frank Muradov as managing member.

The Debtor failed to attach in the petition a list of its 20
largest unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SACLUWI/Park_Rock_Group_LLC__njbke-24-15246__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL: Moody's Rates New $650MM Unsecured Notes 'Ba3'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has assigned a Ba3 rating to PennyMac Financial
Services, Inc.'s (PFSI) proposed $650 million backed long-term
senior unsecured notes maturing 2030. The notes will be guaranteed
on an unsecured basis by each of PFSI's existing and future
domestic subsidiaries, including Private National Mortgage
Acceptance Co, LLC (Private National) and PennyMac Loan Services,
LLC, subject to certain exclusions. The company intends to use net
proceeds from the offering to partially pay down its secured
mortgage servicing rights (MSR) funding facilities. PFSI's outlook
is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Moody's views the proposed transaction as a modest credit positive
because the financing will reduce the company's reliance on secured
MSR financing, increasing its financial flexibility. Given the
difficult operating environment for non-bank mortgage companies
over the last two years, PFSI had increased its reliance on secured
MSR financing, like many of its peers. PFSI's ratio of secured debt
to total corporate debt rose to 60% as of September 30, 2023 from
42% as of year-end 2021, but subsequently fell back to 44% as of
March 31, 2024 as the company completed a $750 million senior
unsecured offering in December 2023. As of March 31, 2024, PFSI had
$2.0 billion outstanding of secured MSR funding, which it intends
to partially pay down with net proceeds of the unsecured note
offering. As such, overall corporate leverage will remain at
current levels but pro forma the transaction, the company's ratio
of outstanding secured debt to total corporate debt ratio will fall
to around 29%, a credit positive. As of March 31, 2024, PFSI's
capitalization, as measured by tangible common equity (TCE) to
adjusted tangible managed assets (TMA, excluding Ginnie Mae loans
eligible for repurchase), was 23.2%.

PFSI's Ba2 corporate family rating (CFR) reflects the company's
track record of strong operational performance and franchise
position supporting its solid profitability, strong capital levels
and experienced management team.

PFSI's Ba3 backed long-term senior unsecured debt rating is based
on the company's Ba2 CFR and the application of Moody's Loss Given
Default for Speculative-Grade Companies methodology and model. The
one-notch differential between PFSI's Ba3 backed long-term senior
unsecured debt rating and Ba2 CFR is reflective of the ranking of
senior unsecured obligations in PFSI's capital structure.

PFSI's stable outlook is reflective of Moody's expectation that the
company will be able to maintain above peer profitability, minimize
operational risk from past rapid growth, and maintain solid capital
levels while continuing to strengthen its franchise positioning and
maintain its liquidity profile over the next 12-18 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded if PFSI strengthens its solid
financial performance, whereby Moody's expects that long-term
through-the-cycle profitability as measured by net income to
average assets will average at least 4.0%. In addition, the company
would need to maintain strong capital levels as measured by TCE to
adjusted TMA above 20.0%, continue to strengthen its franchise
positioning, particularly in the direct-to-consumer and broker
origination channels, and improve its funding structure by reducing
its reliance on corporate secured debt.

The ratings could be downgraded if PFSI's financial performance
deteriorates; for example, if net income to managed assets is
expected to remain below 3.0%, or if leverage increases such that
PFSI's TCE to adjusted TMA falls below and is expected to remain
below 17.5%. In addition, PFSI's backed senior unsecured bond
rating and Private National's issuer rating could be downgraded if
the portion of secured debt to total corporate debt increases and
remains above 65%; under this scenario, Moody's would expect the
loss on senior unsecured obligations in the event of default to be
materially higher.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Finance Companies
Methodology published in November 2019.


PLATINUM COACH: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to September 3
---------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Elizabeth S. Stong of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of New York extended Platinum Coach Limousine
Inc.'s exclusive period to file a chapter 11 plan of reorganization
and disclosure statement to September 3, 2024.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor needs an
additional time to negotiate the resolution of the claim filed by
U.S, Small Business Administration, to draft the settlement
agreement, thereafter to obtain Court approval of the mutually
reached terms and to file a plan of reorganization, incorporating
settlement terms reached by the parties and offering treatment to
remaining Creditors of the estate. The Debtor and the U.S. Small
Business Administration are currently negotiating the terms of the
stipulation and order for use of cash collateral.

Further, the Debtor filed a motion to reclassify the claim of the
U.S. Small Business Administration. Thus, the Debtor needs an
additional time to proceed with the reference motion.

Platinum Coach Limousine Inc. is represented by:

     Alla Kachan, Esq.
     LAW OFFICES OF ALLA KACHAN, P.C.
     2799 Coney Island Avenue, Suite 202
     Brooklyn, NY 11235
     Tel: (718) 513-3145

                   About Platinum Coach Limousine

Platinum Coach Limousine Inc. filed its voluntary petition for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y.
Case No. 23-41666) on May 12, 2023, listing under $1 million in
both assets and liabilities. Gregory Novak, president, signed the
petition.

Judge Elizabeth S. Stong oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped the Law Offices of Alla Kachan, PC as legal
counsel and Wisdom Professional Services Inc. as accountant.


PLEASANT HEIGHTS: Unsecureds Will Get 100% of Claims in 60 Months
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Pleasant Heights, Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of New Jersey a Small Business Plan of Reorganization
dated May 6, 2024.

The Debtor is a New Jersey Corporation that owns real property
located at 498-500 Rt. 94 S, Fredon, NJ 07860 (Block 1602 - Lot 3
and Lot 3.03B ("Property").

One Lot, which is encumbered by a mortgage, consists of a single
family residence in which Charlotte Collaso resides. The
unencumbered lot is a tree farm which does not generate any income
but provides tax relief to the Debtor.

The Collaso family through the Debtor has owned the Property for
close to 70 years taking title back on November 10, 1956.

The bankruptcy was filed as an emergency because the Debtor was
facing the loss of the Property by the Sussex County Sheriff on
February 7, 2024, as part of the pending mortgage foreclosure by
Bank of New York pending in the Superior Court of New Jersey,
Sussex County, Chancery Division.

As Debtor itself has nominal revenue, the Debtor's plan is being
funded entirely from contributions from The Collaso family of which
Charlotte Collaso is the President and managing agent of the
Debtor.

On the first day of the month immediately following the effective
date of the plan Debtor shall commence making payments to
Administrative Creditors, the Class #1 Creditor, Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A. and the Class #2 Creditor Fredon
Township Tax Collector. After Debtor's Administrative Creditors are
satisfied in full Debtor shall commence making payments to Priority
Tax Claims and the general unsecured creditors with 100%
distribution.  

Class 3 consists of General Unsecured Claims. This claim is
comprised of a priority portion and a general unsecured portion. As
there are no other general unsecured creditors the entire general
unsecured claim shall be paid together with the priority claim.
This Class shall be paid $220.04 per month for 60 months with 11.5%
interest rate.

Payments to commence after administrative claims have been
satisfied in full. The allowed unsecured claims total $10,005.38.
This Class will receive a distribution of 100% of their allowed
claims.

Class 4 consists of Equity Interest holders Charlotte Collaso (66 &
2/3%) and David Collaso (33 & 2/3%). All Equity Interest Holders
shall retain their equity interest in the same % as listed in the
description.

The Debtor's Plan will be funded through monetary contributions
from the Collaso family.

On Confirmation of the Plan, all property of the Debtor, tangible,
and intangible, including, without limitation, licenses, furniture,
fixtures and equipment, will revert, free and clear of all Claims
and Equitable Interests except as provided in the Plan, to the
Debtor. The Debtor expects to have sufficient cash on hand to make
the payments required on the Effective Date.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 6, 2024 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=BXdaR0 from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Attorney for the Debtor:

     Scott D. Sherman, Esq.
     MINION & SHERMAN
     33 Clinton Road, Suite 105
     West Caldwell, NJ 07006
     Phone: (973) 559-5791

                    About Pleasant Heights

Pleasant Heights, Inc. is a New Jersey Corporation that owns real
property located at 498-500 Rt. 94 S, Fredon, NJ 07860 (Block 1602
- Lot 3 and Lot 3.03B ("Property").

The Debtor filed voluntary Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. D.N.J. Case
No. 24-11146) on Feb. 6, 2024, with $500,001 to $1 million in both
assets and liabilities.

Scott D. Sherman, Esq., at Minion & Sherman represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


PRESBYTERIAN VILLAGE: Fitch Lowers IDR to 'BB-', Outlook Negative
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded the Issuer Default Rating (IDR) for
the Presbyterian Villages of Michigan Obligated Group (PVM OG) to
'BB-' from 'BB'. Fitch has also downgraded the following PVM OG
bonds to 'BB-' from 'BB':

- $17.8 million series 2020A revenue bonds issued by the Public
Finance Authority (Wisconsin);

- $28.2 million of series 2015 revenue bonds issued by the Michigan
Finance Authority.

The Rating Outlook is Negative.

   Entity/Debt                    Rating            Prior
   -----------                    ------            -----
Presbyterian Villages
of Michigan Obligated
Group (MI)                  LT IDR BB-  Downgrade   BB

   Presbyterian Villages
   of Michigan Obligated
   Group (MI) /General
   Revenues/1 LT            LT     BB-  Downgrade   BB

The downgrade reflects persistent operating losses, which have
ultimately resulted in a debt service coverage covenant violation
for fiscal 2023 as well as a drain on liquidity. This decrease will
likely result in a missed liquidity covenant of below 90 DCOH (test
date of June 30, 2024). PVM's operating ratios weakened to 118% at
FYE 2023 and, while improving, remain strained at 111.8 at March
31, 2024. DSCR for 2023 was .08x, well below the required 1.20x
covenant and resulted in a covenant violation. Fitch does not
expect PVM to meet its 90 DCOH covenant requirement on June 30,
2024 either.

In response to the default and expected default, PVM has engaged
Plante Moran to develop a new operating plan focused on expense
controls and that may include the divestiture of non-performing
business lines and significant staff reductions. This plan will be
presented to the bondholders and to Huntington bank as part of
PVM's efforts to secure a forbearance agreement in order to release
its 2023 audit with an unqualified opinion. The plan is expected by
the end of May, 2024.

The Negative Outlook reflects the execution risk involved in PVM's
strategies to contain costs, which have accelerated meaningfully in
recent years due in part to agency use and other labor costs. While
PVM's overall revenue and occupancy trajectory have exhibited signs
of improvement in recent months, the Negative Outlook also reflects
the risks related to achieving more sustainable operating results
while simultaneously addressing the near-term need to secure
forbearance on debt requirements as PVM proceeds.

SECURITY

The bonds are secured by a pledge of unrestricted receivables, a
mortgage on certain properties and a debt service reserve fund.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility - bbb

Mixed Market Assessments

The 'bbb' assessment is supported by a relatively steady and solid
level of occupancy across the OG, more recently bolstered by
continued fill at the East Harbor campus' new rental ILU
expansion.

The PVM OG includes two contrasting campuses: East Harbor and
Westland. Westland primarily targets middle to low-income residents
due to its socioeconomically challenged primary service area.
Conversely, East Harbor is in a stronger market area with more
favorable demographic characteristics, helping to anchor the 'bbb'
assessment.

While competitors are present in the broader area, competition is
somewhat limited in the communities immediately surrounding
Westland and East Harbor. Both East Harbor and Westland are similar
in unit size, but East Harbor contributes significantly more in
revenue and margin to the overall PVM enterprise.

Combined overall occupancy for the OG, including the Harbor Inn
expansion units was a relatively solid 89% on March 31, 2023.
Occupancy for the 96 rental ILU expansion on the East Harbor campus
has slowly climbed to 84% at the end of Q1 '24 from 64% in Q2 23
and remains behind projections. The protracted ILU expansion fill
at the Harbor Inn campus has contributed to ongoing cost
containment pressure.

PVM OG mostly offers rental contracts, limiting exposure to local
housing market volatility. Rate increases have occurred regularly,
however increases in 2022 and 2023 were below inflation, possibly
indicating softening pricing flexibility.

Operating Risk - bb

Pernicious Operating Pressure

Fitch's 'bb' assessment of PVM OG's operating risk reflects its
nominal historical operating performance within the context of its
predominantly rental contract mix. From FY 2019 through 2021, cost
containment was soft with an average operating ratio, net operating
margin (NOM) and NOM-adjusted margin of 100.6%, negative 1.1% and
negative 0.8% respectively. Increased labor costs have pressured
these ratios further with an operating ratio and NOM- adjusted
margin for 2023 of 118%, and negative 13. % respectively.

While Fitch expects PVM to stem operational losses in the long-term
as it implements its strategy, the timeline to realize stronger
results is very likely to exceed the two-year Outlook period. This
coupled with its assessment that PVM carries an additional
asymmetric risk consideration reflecting the high relative level of
Medicaid revenue, underscores the 'bb' operating risk assessment
and is integral to its assessment of execution risk.

PVM OG actively pursues grant revenue from governmental agencies
and runs contribution campaigns to increase its operating revenue
and fund large capital projects. Over the past five years other
operating revenue has comprised between 14% and 32% of total
revenue. Fitch views this revenue as accretive but volatile.

PVM OG has a history of good capital investment, balanced against a
somewhat elevated average age of plant of about 17 years. PVM OG
reported it has no additional debt or major capex plans; rather it
is considering restructuring its assets and business model to best
preserve future viability. Recent years of elevated spending should
support some easing of capital outlays as PVM executes on its
strategic efforts, and its capital-related metrics from should
remain consistent and sufficient to absorb routine capital needs in
the context of its current operating plans.

Financial Profile - bb

Weak Financial Profile

PVM financial profile exhibits some strain related to an erosion in
balance sheet strength, though there are no additional debt plans
to elevate concerns. The stress of filling the Harbor Inn expansion
along with continued labor and inflationary pressures have eroded
PVM's balance sheet liquidity to approximately $15 million in 2023,
or 30% cash-to-adjusted debt at YE 2023. This is a noted drop from
$23 million and 44% cash to adjusted debt in 2021.

Fitch calculated MADS coverage, which includes PACE revenue and has
been consistent with the weak assessment, averaging approximately
1.2x over the past five years. Management reported 99 DCOH for 2023
which marginally exceeds the 90 DCOH covenant required minimum. The
next liquidity testing date is June 30, 2024. As PVM's DCOH is well
below Fitch's 200 DCOH threshold to assess relative liquidity,
Fitch incorporates an asymmetrically 'weaker' consideration in its
'bb assessment of PVM's financial profile.

Management reported a DSCR of .08x for 2023. The shortfall was
primarily driven by operating losses from low occupancy, agency
usage and high corporate overhead.

Approximately 35% of PVM's $67 million in debt is held by
Huntington bank. The missed DSCR for 2023 is considered an Event of
Default, for which PVM is currently seeking forbearance. Fitch
expects this will successfully enable the "unqualified" release of
the fiscal 2023 audited financial statements, expected in August
2024.

Asymmetric Additional Risk Considerations

PVM's operating risk profile incorporates a weaker asymmetric
consideration, due to a payor mix that is heavily dependent on
governmental reimbursement with Medicaid revenue generally
exceeding 25% of net revenues over the past several years.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Failure to secure a forbearance agreement or waiver from
creditors for covenant violations;

- Cash-to-adjusted debt sustained below 30%;

- MADS coverage below 1x;

- Operating ratios above 105%;

- Deterioration in combined ILU occupancy below 70%.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Waiver or forbearance agreement with expected cash-to-adjusted
debt stabilizing above 45%;

- Improved and sustained operating performance, with an operating
ratio at or below 105%;

- MADS coverage consistently above 1.2x;

- Occupancy at the Harbor Inn expansion sustained above 86%.

PROFILE

PVM OG is an aging services network and is headquartered in
Southfield, MI. It consists of PVM Corporate, the PVM Foundation,
continuing care retirement communities in Westland and Chesterfield
(East Harbor), Weinberg Green Houses and Presbyterian Village North
(which owns 13 acres of undeveloped land and a general partner and
limited partner interest in two Low Income Housing Tax Credit
non-OG entities).

The two PVM OG campuses total 385 independent rental units
(including Harbor Inn), 116 assisted living units (ALU) and 102
skilled nursing (SNF) beds. With the issuance of the series 2020
bonds, PVM OG added the following entities:

- Harry and Jeanette Weinberg Green Houses (WGH) at Rivertown
located in Detroit.

PVM is the sole member of WGH. WGH was completed in 2017 and
consists of 21 studio apartments;

- Harbor Inn, Chesterfield Township, Michigan. Presbyterian Village
East is the sole member of Harbor Inn. The capital project that the
bonds will primarily fund will support Harbor Inn which added 96
independent living apartments and ranch homes on the Village of
East Harbor campus.

PVM OG also has an ownership interest in approximately 2,021 ILUs
and ALUs through nonobligated entities and an equity interest in
two Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE): PACE
Southeast Michigan and PACE Central Michigan. PVM manages 486 ILUs
and ALUs for which it does not have an ownership interest. All PVM
owned and managed properties are in Michigan.

PVM OG recorded $36 million in operating revenue in fiscal 2023
(Dec. 31 year-end).

Sources of Information

In addition to the sources of information identified in Fitch's
applicable criteria specified below, this action was informed by
information from Lumesis.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.


PROSOMNUS INC: Prepack Plan to Hand Company to Noteholders
----------------------------------------------------------
ProSomnus, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission that on May 7, 2024, the Company
voluntarily entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement with
certain of its existing affiliates and subsidiaries and certain
sponsoring Senior Noteholders and Subordinated Noteholders.

As set forth in the RSA, the Company and the Sponsoring Noteholders
have agreed to the principal terms of a voluntary restructuring of
the Company and the filing of a pre-negotiated chapter 11 plan of
reorganization. Although the Company intends to pursue the
Restructuring in accordance with the terms set forth in the RSA,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
completing the Restructuring, whether on the same or different
terms than those provided in the RSA.

The material terms of the Plan are set forth in the restructuring
term sheet attached to the RSA, which terms include, among other
things:

     * An aggregate of $20 million of potential capital to the
Company, including through a debtor-in-possession facility and a
potential new-money equity capital raise, while also retaining
existing amounts due to customers, critical vendors, equipment
lenders and trade creditors; more specifically:

     * The Sponsoring Noteholders have committed to provide the DIP
Credit Agreement, which will consist of (i) $7 million in new money
debtor-in-possession loans and (ii) the "roll-up" of (a) $4 million
of obligations under the previously disclosed prepetition bridge
notes and (b) $2 million of obligations under the Senior Secured
Notes, in each case, on the terms set forth in the Definitive
Documents. The DIP Credit Agreement is expected to provide the
Company Parties with sufficient liquidity to complete the
Restructuring. The new money portion of the DIP Credit Agreement
will be available in two draws, with $2.5 million available upon
interim approval of the DIP Credit Agreement by the United States
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.

     * General Unsecured Claims will be paid in the ordinary course
of business during and after the restructuring; and

     * On the Plan Effective Date, the Company expects to
consummate a new-money equity capital raise in an amount of at
least $9 million which will be offered for participation by the
Sponsoring Noteholders and certain other third-party investors,
subject to other terms as set forth in the RSA; and

     * On the effective date of the Plan, ProSomnus, Inc. will
issue a single class of equity interests that will be distributed
pro rata to the Subordinated Secured Noteholders, subject to
dilution on account of the management incentive plan, the New Money
Common Equity, and certain other fees, premiums, and/or other terms
as set forth in the RSA;

     * Following the Plan Effective Date, Reorganized ProSomnus may
establish a customary management equity incentive plan;

     * On the Plan Effective Date, there will be no recovery for
holders of other equity interests in the Company; and

     * Confirmation of the Plan is anticipated, but not guaranteed,
to occur within 90 days of filing the chapter 11 cases with the
Court involving certain of the Company Parties.

In accordance with the RSA, each Sponsoring Noteholder agreed,
among other things, to:

     * So long as its vote was properly solicited in accordance
with the United States Code, vote to accept the Plan;

     * Negotiate in good faith the Definitive Documents; and

     * Not take any action inconsistent with the RSA, Term Sheet,
confirmation or consummation of the Plan.

In accordance with the RSA, the Company Parties agreed, among other
things, to:

     * Support and complete the Restructuring Transactions
contemplated under the RSA, Term Sheet, and Plan Related
Documents;

     * Negotiate in good faith the Definitive Documents;

     * Take all necessary and appropriate actions in furtherance of
the Restructuring;

     * Complete the Restructuring and all Restructuring
Transactions; and

     * Comply with each Case Milestone.

Certain of the transactions shall be subject to approval by the
Court pursuant to the Chapter 11 Cases.

Subject to the approval of the Court, the Company, as borrower, and
certain of the Company's direct and debtor-subsidiaries, as
guarantors, expect to enter into that certain senior subordinate
secured debtor-in-possession term loan agreement with the lenders
from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Savings Fund
Society, F.S.B., as administrative agent and collateral agent, on
the terms and conditions set forth therein. Pursuant to the DIP
Credit Agreement, the DIP Lenders have agreed, upon the terms and
conditions set forth therein, including the approval of the Court,
to make available to the Company a senior subordinate secured
debtor-in-possession term loan credit facility in the aggregate
principal amount of $13 million, as described above. Borrowings
under the DIP Credit Agreement will be used to:

     (a) fund the Chapter 11 Cases,

     (b) make certain other payments as more fully provided in the
Court orders relating to the approval of the DIP Credit Agreement,
and

     (c) provide working capital for the DIP Loan Parties during
the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, all in accordance with an
approved budget (subject to the permitted variances) and as
otherwise provided therein. The obligations under the DIP Credit
Agreement will be secured by liens on substantially all of the real
and personal property of the DIP Loan Parties, subject to certain
exceptions. The DIP Liens will be senior to the liens securing the
Subordinated Notes obligations and junior to the liens securing the
Senior Notes obligations.

Borrowings under the DIP Credit Agreement will be due on November
7, 2024, or the earliest to occur of certain specified termination
events. The interest rate on borrowings under the DIP Credit
Agreement will be the prime rate plus 9.00%.

The DIP Credit Agreement includes customary negative covenants for
debtor-in-possession loan agreements of this type, including
covenants limiting the Company and its restricted subsidiaries'
ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness,
create liens on assets, make investments, loans, advances or
guarantees, engage in mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and
acquisitions and pay dividends and distributions, in each case
subject to customary exceptions for debtor-in-possession loan
agreements of this type. The DIP Credit Agreement also includes
customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and
events of default. Certain restructuring-related events are also
events of default, including, but not limited to, the dismissal by
the Court of any of the Chapter 11 Cases, the conversion of any of
the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under chapter 7 of the Code, the
appointment of a trustee pursuant to chapter 11 of the Code, and
certain other events related to the impairment of the DIP Lenders'
rights or liens granted under the DIP Credit Agreement.

In connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, the DIP Loan Parties filed
a motion seeking Court approval of their entry into and performance
under the DIP Credit Agreement and use of cash collateral, as well
as certain related relief. The DIP Loan Parties expect that the
Court will grant such motion on an interim basis on or about May 9,
2024. The DIP Loan Parties will seek the Court's approval of such
motion on a final basis in the coming weeks.

The Company previously issued convertible notes to investors,
including the Sponsoring Noteholders and the DIP Lenders, under the
Indentures. Certain Sponsoring Noteholders and DIP Lenders also
participated in the Company's offering of its Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock and accompanying warrants to purchase its common
stock in September 2023. Furthermore, one of the Sponsoring
Noteholders is an affiliate of Spring Mountain Capital, which is a
private investment management firm where Jason Orchard, a member of
the Company's board of directors, is a Managing Director.

                 About ProSomnus Inc.

ProSomnus, Inc., f/k/a LAAA Merger Corp., is an innovative medical
technology company that develops, manufactures, and markets its
proprietary line of precision intraoral medical devices for
treating and managing patients with obstructive sleep apnea.

The Debtors sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case 24-10972) on May 7, 2024,
with $26,287,000 in assets as of Dec. 31, 2023 and $52,888,000 in
liabilities as of Dec. 31, 2023. Brian B. Dow, chief financial
officer, signed the petitions.

Judge John T. Dorsey presides over the case.

The Debtors tapped Shanti M. Katona, Esq., at POLSINELLI PC as
legal counsel; and GAVIN/SOLMONESE LLC as financial advisor.

The law firms of Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP and Morris
James LLP represent the Ad Hoc Crossover Group of Convertible
Noteholders.


PROSOMNUS INC: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
-------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 disclosed in a court filing that no
official committee of unsecured creditors has been appointed in the
Chapter 11 case of ProSomnus, Inc.

                       About ProSomnus Inc.

ProSomnus, Inc., formerly known as LAAA Merger Corp., is an
innovative medical technology company that develops, manufactures,
and markets its proprietary line of precision intraoral medical
devices for treating and managing patients with obstructive sleep
apnea.

The Debtors sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.  D. Del. Lead Case 24-10972) on May 7,
2024, with $26,287,000 in assets as of Dec. 31, 2023 and
$52,888,000 in liabilities as of Dec. 31, 2023. Brian B. Dow, chief
financial officer, signed the petitions.

Judge John T. Dorsey presides over the case.

The Debtors tapped Shanti M. Katona, Esq. at Polsinelli PC as legal
counsel; and Gavin/Solmonese LLC as financial advisor.


PROSPERITAS LEADERSHIP: Court OKs Cash Access on Final Basis
------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida,
Orlando Division, authorized Prosperitas Leadership Academy, Inc.
to use cash collateral on a final basis in accordance with the
budget.

As previously reported by the Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor
was permitted to use cash collateral to pay:

     (a) the amounts expressly authorized by the Court, including
payments to the United States Trustee for quarterly fees;

     (b) the current and necessary expenses set forth in the
budget; and

     (c) the additional amounts as may be expressly approved in
writing by the Creditor.

As adequate protection, Black Business Investment Fund was granted
a perfected post-petition lien against cash collateral to the same
extent and with the same validity and priority as its pre-petition
lien, without the need to file or execute any documents as may
otherwise be required under applicable nonbankruptcy law.  

The Debtor was directed to maintain insurance coverage for its
property in accordance with the obligations under the loan and
security documents with the Creditor.

A copy of the Court's order is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=wg7oqF from PacerMonitor.com.

             About Prosperitas Leadership Academy, Inc.

Prosperitas Leadership Academy, Inc. is a public charter school for
residents of Orange County, California.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 23-02443) on June 21,
2023. In the petition signed by Michael Spence, Board president,
the Debtor disclosed $2,009,763 in assets and $2,533,820 in
liabilities.

Judge Grace E. Robson oversees the case.

Jeffrey S. Ainsworth, Esq., at Bransonlaw, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


REECE GREEN: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
----------------------------------------------
Debtor: Reece Green and Sons Logging LLC
        410 County Road 230
        Clanton, AL 35045-6646

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 21, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Middle District of Alabama

Case No.: 24-31116

Judge: Hon. Christopher L. Hawkins

Debtor's Counsel: Anthony Brian Bush, Esq.
                  THE BUSH LAW FIRM, LLC
                  3198 Parliament Cir Ste 302
                  Montgomery AL 36116
                  Tel: (334) 263-7733
                  Email: abush@bushlegalfirm.com

Estimated Assets: $500,000 to $1 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Alfred M. Green as managing member.

The Debtor failed to attach in the petition a list of its 20
largest unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/AGFCGJQ/Reece_Green_and_Sons_Logging_LLC__almbke-24-31116__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


RELIABLE HEALTHCARE: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to August 16
------------------------------------------------------------------
Reliable Healthcare Logistics, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of Tennessee to extend its exclusivity
period to file a chapter 11 plan of reorganization and disclosure
statement, and obtain acceptance thereof to August 16 and October
15, 2024, respectively.  

Reliable is a Tennessee limited liability company. Its primary
business location is 4105 S. Mendenhall, Memphis, TN 38115.
Reliable is a third-party logistics provider. Reliable's primary
business is warehousing pharmaceuticals and medical healthcare
goods and supplies for its customers, who are national vendors of
such items, shipping such items to its customers' customers
throughout the country.

The Debtor has been engaged in discussions with its counsel and
with other parties in interest with respect to a Plan of
Reorganization. Subsequent to filing the petition, the Debtor has
rejected leases in San Antonio, Texas, Boca Raton, Florida and
Pompano Beach, Florida. Additionally, the Debtor has vacated a
warehouse in Reno, Nevada for which its lease was terminated prior
to the Petition date.

The Debtor had anticipated filing a Subchapter V plan on April 18,
but with the amendment of its petition to a traditional chapter 11
case, the Debtor needs additional time to draft a disclosure
statement and to draft a plan as the requirements of confirmation
of a regular Chapter 11 differ significantly from a Subchapter V
plan.

Additionally, the Debtor needs additional time to stabilize its
business following the rejection of certain warehouse leases since
the filing of the case, to analyze claims filed against the estate
and determine whether certain claims should be objected to prior to
confirmation, and to negotiate with creditors.

The Debtor avers that it is more likely than not that the Debtor
will be able to confirm a plan within the requested extension
period. The proposed extension is reasonable under all the facts
and circumstances of the case and is in the best interest of the
estate and the creditors. The required extension will not prejudice
creditors.

Reliable Healthcare Logistics, LLC is represented by:

     Michael P. Coury, Esq.
     GLANKLER BROWN, PLLC
     Suite 400, 6000 Poplar Avenue
     Memphis, TN 38119
     Tel: (901) 576-1886
     Email: mcoury@glankler.com

                 About Reliable Healthcare Logistics

Reliable Healthcare Logistics, LLC is an independent 3PL recognized
for developing cost effective, innovative supply chain solutions
for complex logistics requirements in regulated industries.  With
over 650,000 total square feet, its 9 Reliable facility locations
are dedicated to the secure and proper storage of pharmaceutical
products, including prescription and over-the counter-medications,
as well as providing services for medical device manufactures,
cosmetics, human and animal health and wellness companies. The
company is based in Memphis, Tenn.

Reliable Healthcare Logistics filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tenn. 24-20252) on
January 19, 2024, with $1 million to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities. Mike Kattawar, Sr., chief strategic officer, signed
the petition.

Judge Jennie D. Latta oversees the case.

Michael P. Coury, Esq., at Glankler Brown, PLLC represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


RXO INC: S&P Lowers Issuer Credit Rating to 'BB', Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on RXO Inc. to
'BB' from 'BB+' and its issue-level rating on its unsecured notes
to 'BB' from 'BB+'. S&P's '3' recovery rating on the notes is
unchanged, indicating its expectation for meaningful recovery
(50%-70%; rounded estimate: 60%) in the event of a default.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that RXO
will maintain credit metrics commensurate for the current rating.
We also see limited risk that the freight markets will deteriorate
materially from current levels.

"We expect RXO's FFO to debt will remain below 30% until 2026 amid
a prolonged freight downturn. Weaker demand and excess trucking
capacity have kept freight rates at trough levels and we do not
expect they will materially improve before the end of 2024. RXO's
freight rates began softening in the third quarter of 2022 before
dropping by about 25%-30% year over year (YoY) in 2023 and about
15% YoY in the first quarter of 2024. The low rates and softer
conditions in the freight market have reduced the company's
brokerage gross profit per load. While RXO expanded its brokerage
volumes over this period, the increase has not been sufficient to
offset the headwinds from the lower-rate environment, causing its
FFO to decline by about 60% to $115 million in 2023.

"Given that market conditions remain subdued, we expect the company
will generate only about $130 million of FFO in 2024, with S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted FFO to debt in the low-20% area. It's
unclear when RXO's volumes and pricing will materially improve.
However, we currently expect market conditions could begin to
recover, albeit gradually, by late 2024, which would enable the
company to improve its FFO to debt to the high-20% area by 2025. We
also believe RXO will benefit from its strong technological
capabilities and continuous pursuit of structural cost take-outs,
which it has yet to fully benefit from due to the associated
restructuring and integration costs it incurred to achieve them.

"We believe increased spot loads, along with a rebound in freight
trucking rates in 2025, will support an improvement in RXO's
earnings and cash flow. Despite the expansion in its volumes, the
company's profitability is currently constrained by it gross profit
per load, which declined amid the soft freight market conditions
and a sharp normalization in freight rates since early 2022. Given
our expectation that the removal of capacity from the market will
lead to a normalization in the supply-demand imbalance by late
2024/early 2025, we anticipate this will support an increase in
freight rates and enable RXO to generate a higher gross profit per
load on its expanded spot volumes."

On the other hand, the tightening of supply will increase the cost
of purchased transportation. While the company can pass through
these increased input costs to its customers through its spot
pricing, the profit per load for its contract volumes could tighten
further until the next bid cycle when management is able to
renegotiate to capture better pricing terms. S&P said, "Therefore,
we believe the pace and shape of RXO's recovery will be critical to
determine the effect on its earnings. We also anticipate that any
prolonged delays in the freight market's recovery would negatively
affect the company's credit metrics."

S&P expects that RXO will improve its leverage toward its stated
net leverage targets. The company's reported net leverage of 2.9x
(S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage of 3.7x) as of Mar. 31, 2024,
exceeded its stated net leverage target of 1.0x-2.0x. RXO's
leverage has increased due primarily to the sharp deterioration in
its EBITDA, and thus its FFO, amid a prolonged period of weak
freight market conditions. In turn, the company's reduced FFO has
led it to generate less cash flow, which has prevented it from
reducing its net debt. Nonetheless, RXO has prioritized
deleveraging over shareholder returns and recently repaid its $100
million term loan facility.

Accordingly, the company has had a fairly minimal cash balance of
less than $10 million over the past two quarters. However, RXO's
recent $100 million upsizing of its $500 million revolving credit
facility will provide it with ample liquidity to absorb the
negative working capital swings that we typically see in the
freight brokering industry when rates begin to rise. Nonetheless,
we expect the company's draws on its revolving facility will be
fairly limited and primarily used to offset the temporary cash flow
shortfalls from negative working capital. S&P expects RXO will
remain disciplined and focused on improving its metrics and not
initiate any shareholder returns until it achieves its net leverage
targets.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that RXO
will maintain credit metrics commensurate for the current rating.
We also see limited risk that the freight markets will deteriorate
materially from current levels. We expect the company will
gradually improve its metrics over the next 24 months as the
freight market recovers, enabling it to expand its profitability
and cash flow generation."

S&P could lower its ratings on RXO over the next 12 months if its
credit metrics weaken further, including FFO to debt declining and
remaining below 20% on a sustained basis. This could occur if:

-- Current freight market conditions persist for even longer than
S&P currently anticipates; or

-- The company pursues significant debt-funded acquisitions or
shareholder returns.

S&P could raise its ratings on RXO over the next 12 months if it
increases its FFO to debt substantially above 30% on a sustained
basis and S&P believes it can maintain this metric through future
periods of industry weakness. This could occur if:

-- Freight market conditions improve faster and more significantly
than S&P currently expects, leading to increased earnings; or

-- The company's proprietary technology supports a
greater-than-expected expansion in its volumes and margin.



SAM ASH: U.S. Trustee Appoints Creditors' Committee
---------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed an official
committee to represent unsecured creditors in the Chapter 11 cases
of Sam Ash Music Corporation and its affiliates.
  
The committee members are:

     1. Yahama Corporation of America
        Attn: Brandy Ostrom
        6600 Orangethorpe Avenue
        Buena Park, CA 90620
        Phone: 714-522-9454

     2. Bosch Security Systems, Inc.
        Attn: Steve Grapenthien
        1800 West Central Road
        Mt. Prospect, IL 60056
        Phone: 224-232-3446

     3. Hoshino USA, Inc.
        Attn: Jill Cohen
        1726 Winchester Road
        Bensalem, PA 19020
        Phone: 215-638-8670 ext. 140

     4. SLJ Realty LLC
        Attn: George Albero
        1385 Broadway, 16th Floor
        New York, NY 10018
        Phone: 212-417-9246

     5. Roland Corporation U.S.
        Attn: Joe Van Sauers
        P.O. Box 910921
        Los Angeles, CA 90091-0921
        Phone: 323-890-3720
  
Official creditors' committees serve as fiduciaries to the general
population of creditors they represent.  They may investigate the
debtor's business and financial affairs. Committees have the right
to employ legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors at a
debtor's expense.

                       About Sam Ash

Sam Ash and its affiliates sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. N.J. Lead Case No. 24-14727) on
May 8, 2024, with $100 million to $500 million in assets and $100
million to $500 million liabilities. Jordan Meyers as chief
financial officer signed the petition.

Hon. Stacey L. Meisel presides over the cases.

The Debtors tapped Cole Schotz P.C. as legal counsel;
SierraConstellation Partners LLC as financial advisor; and Capstone
Capital Markets, LLC as investment banker.


SENSATA TECHNOLOGIES: S&P Rates New $500MM Unsecured Notes 'BB+'
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' issue-level rating and '4'
recovery rating to Attleboro, Mass.-based supplier of sensor-based
solutions Sensata Technologies Inc.'s proposed $500 million senior
unsecured notes due 2032. The '4' recovery rating indicates S&P's
expectation for average (30%-50%; rounded estimate: 45%) recovery
in the event of a payment default. Sensata Technologies Inc. is a
subsidiary of Sensata Technologies B.V., which will guarantee the
notes.

The company plans to use the proceeds from this issuance, along
with cash on hand, to redeem its existing $700 million senior
unsecured notes due 2025. As such, S&P views the transaction as net
leverage neutral. Given that this refinancing transaction won't
materially affect the company's credit metrics, its ratings and
outlook are unchanged.

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

S&P's simulated default scenario assumes a payment default
occurring in 2029 stemming from a cyclical downturn in the U.S.
accompanied by softness in the European market and a significant
correction in Asia. This combination of events decreases auto
production volumes and prices, causing the company's sales to drop
and its annualized EBITDA to decline sharply.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Year of default: 2029
-- EBITDA at emergence: $397 million
-- EBITDA multiple: 6x

Simplified waterfall

-- Gross enterprise value: $2,383 million
-- Administrative expenses: $119 million
-- Net enterprise value: $2,264 million
-- Obligor/nonobligor valuation split: 71%/29%
-- Total collateral value for secured debt: $2,034 million
-- Total first-lien debt: $646 million
    --Recovery expectations: 90%-100% (rounded estimate: 95%)
-- Total unsecured debt: $3,276 million
    --Recovery expectations: 30%-50% (rounded estimate: 45%)

Note: All debt amounts include six months of accrued interest.






STENSON LANDSCAPE: Unsecureds to Get $6,300 per Month over 5 Years
------------------------------------------------------------------
Stenson Landscape & Irrigation, Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization
dated May 6, 2024.

The Debtor is a small landscape business that faced a decline in
revenue coupled with a large EIDL Loan from the SBA taken out in
order to stem COVID related losses. Those events prompted the
filing of this bankruptcy case with the hopes being able to resolve
its cash flow issues.

The Plan provides for a reorganization and restructuring of the
Debtor's financial obligations.

The Plan provides for a distribution to Creditors in accordance
with the terms of the Plan from the Debtor over the course of 5
years from the Debtor's continued business operations.

Class 3 consists of non-priority unsecured Claims. Each holder of
an Allowed Unsecured Claim in Class 3 shall be paid by Reorganized
Debtor from an unsecured creditor pool, which pool shall be funded
at the rate of $6,300 per month. Payments from the unsecured
creditor pool shall be paid quarterly, for a period not to exceed 5
years (20 quarterly payments) and the first quarterly payment will
be due on the 20th day of the first full calendar month following
the last day of the first quarter.

The Debtor estimates the aggregate of all Allowed Class 3 Claims is
less than $378,000 based upon Debtor's review of the Court's claim
register, Debtor's bankruptcy schedules, and anticipated Claim
objections. This Class is impaired.

Class 4 consists of the holders of Allowed Interests in the Debtor.
The holder of an Allowed Class 4 Interest shall retain their
interests in the Reorganized Debtor.

The Debtor proposes to implement and consummate this Plan through
the means contemplated by Sections 1123 and 1145(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

From and after the Effective Date, in accordance with the terms of
this Plan and the Confirmation Order, the Reorganized Debtor shall
perform all obligations under all executory contracts and unexpired
leases assumed in accordance with Article 6 of this Plan.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 6, 2024 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=dxug4n from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Robert T. DeMarco, Esq.
     Michael S. Mitchell, Esq.
     DeMarco Mitchell, PLLC
     1255 W. 15th Street, 805
     Plano, TX 75075
     Telephone: (972) 578-1400
     Facsimile: (972) 346-6791
     Email: robert@demarcomitchell.com
            mike@demarcomitchell.com

          About Stenson Landscape & Irrigation

Stenson Landscape & Irrigation, Inc. is a small landscape
business.

The Debtor filed its voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 24-40243) on Feb.
1, 2024. In the petition signed by Tracy Terrell Doyle, president,
the Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to $10 million
in liabilities.

Judge Brenda T. Rhoades oversees the case.

DeMarco Mitchell, PLLC serves as the Debtor's counsel.


STEWARD HEALTH: Seeks to Hire Ordinary Course Professionals
-----------------------------------------------------------
Steward Health Care System LLC and its affiliates seek approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas
to retain professionals utilized in the ordinary course of
business.

The Debtor needs ordinary course professionals to perform services
for matters unrelated to this Chapter 11 case.

The Debtor seeks to pay OCPs 100 percent of the fees and expenses
incurred.

The Debtor does not believe that any of the ordinary course
professionals have an interest materially adverse to it, its
estates, creditors, or other parties in interest in connection with
the matter upon which they are to be engaged.

The OCP's include:

     Cooley LLP 101
     California Street, 5th Floor,
     San Francisco, CA 94111-5800
     -- Legal

     Crowe LLP
     P.O. Box 71570,
     Chicago, IL 60694-1570
     -- Accounting

     Draffin Tucker LLP      
     P.O. Box 71309,
     Albany, GA 31708-1309
     -- Financial Services

     Gjersett & Lorenz LLP
     2801 Via Foftuna, Suite 500,
     Austin, TX 78746
     -- Financial Services

     Husch Blackwell LLP
     P.O. Box 790379,
     St. Louis, MO 63179-0379
     -- Legal

     Jackson Lewis P.C.
     P.O. Box 416019,
     Boston, MA 02241-6019
     -- Legal

     Locke Lord LLP
     2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 2800,
     Dallas, TX 75201
     -- Legal

     Principals Property Tax Advisors LLC
     11625 Custer Road, Suite 110-231,
     Frisco, TX 75035
     -- Accounting

     Ryan LLC
     P.O. Box 848351,
     Dallas, TX 75284-8351
     -- Accounting

     Sidley Austin LLP
     1 South Dearborn Street,
     Chicago, IL 60603
     -- Legal

     Todd & Weld LLP
     1 Federal Street,
     Boston, MA 02110
     -- Legal

     Winston & Strawn LLP
     2121 North Pearl Street, Suite 900,
     Dallas, TX 75201
     -- Legal

     AAFCPAs
     50 Washington Street,
     Westborough, MA 01581
     -- Accounting

     Adelanto Healthcare Ventures
     401 W. 15th Street, Suite 840,
     Austin, TX 78701
     -- Financial Services

     Bowditch & Dewey, LLP
     311 Main Street, P.O. Box 15156,
     Worcester, MA 01615-0156
     -- Legal

     Breazeale, Sachse & Wilson, L.L.P.
     P.O. Box 3197,
     Baton Rouge, LA 70821-3197
     -- Legal

     Connor & Hilliard, P.C.
     1350 Main Street,
     Walpole, MA 02081
     -- Legal

     Davidoff Consulting Inc.
     102 Louise Road,
     Chestnut Hill, MA 02467
     -- Legal

     DeForest Koscelnik & Berardinelli
     436 7th Avenue, 30th Floor
     Pittsburgh, PA 15219
     -- Legal

     Embark Consulting LLC      
     333 1st Avenue,
     Dallas, TX 75226
     -- Accounting

     Fox Rothschild LLP
     2000 Market Street, 20th Floor,
     Philadelphia, PA 19103
     -- Legal

     GLE Consulting Inc.
     1350 S. Calle Marcus,
     Palm Springs, CA 92264
     -- Accounting

     Gray Robinson
     P.O. Box 3068,
     Orlando, FL 30802-3068
     -- Legal

     Hachey Urbanoski LLC
     92 State Street, Floor 2,
     Boston, MA 02109-2004
     -- Legal

     Holland & Hart LLP
     800 W. Main Street, Suite 1750,
     Boise, ID 83702
     -- Legal

     Johnson O’Connor
     101 Edgewater Drive, Suite 210,
     Wakefield, MA 01880
     -- Accounting

     José A. Herrera & Associates Advocates
     51 Triq San Kristofru
     Valletta, Malta VLT 1462
     -- Legal

     Kyler, Kohler, Ostermiller & Sorensen, LLP
     P.O. Box 599,
     Salt Lake City, UT 84110-0599
     -- Lobbying

     Lash & Goldberg LLP
     Miami Tower 100 S.E. 2nd Street, Suite 1200,
     Miami, FL 33131
     -- Legal

     Law Offices of Thomas Reed
     326 Clark Road,
     Brookline, MA 02445
     -- Legal

     Mamo TCV Advocates
     Palazzo Pietro Stiges
     103, Strait Street
     Valetta VLT 1436 Malta
     -- Legal

     Miliman Inc.
     1301 5th Avenue, Suite 3800,
     Seattle, WA 98101-2635
     -- Actuarial

     Northwind Strategies LLC
     P.O. Box 364,
     Raynham, MA 02767
     -- Lobbying

     Oliver Wyman Actuarial Consulting LLC
     P.O. Box 5160,
     New York, NY 10087
     -- Actuarial

     Public Policy Partners     LLC
     322 W. Roosevelt Street,
     Phoenix, AZ 85003
     -- Lobbying

     Ray Quinney & Nebeker P.C.
     P.O. Box 45385,
     Salt Lake City, UT 84145-0385
     -- Legal

     Riemer & Braunstein LLP
     100 Cambridge Street, Floor 22,
     Boston, MA 02114
     -- Legal

     Sims Funk, PLC
     3322 W. End Avenue, Suite 200,
     Nashville, TN 37203
     -- Legal

     Stevenson Barrett LLP
     21 Merchants Row, 5th Floor,
     Boston, MA 02109
     -- Legal

     Tabico Consulting LLC
     322 Boot Legger Road,
     Morganton, GA 30560
     -- Financial Services

     The Factor Inc.
     2929 S.W. 3rd Avenue, Suite 410
     Miami, FL 33129
     -- Lobbying

     The Suffolk Group, LLC
     24 School Street,
     Boston, MA 02108
     -- Lobbying

     Thompson Bowie and Hatch LLC
     P.O. Box 4630,
     Portland, ME 04112-4630
     -- Legal

     Twohig Kaplan 25 Pender Street,
     Boston, MA 02132-3209
     -- Legal

     Willis Towers Watson LLC
     800 N. Glebe Road, Floor 10,
     Arlington, VA 22203
     -- Actuarial

              About Steward Health Care

Steward Health Care System LLC owns and operates the largest
private physician-owned for-profit healthcare network in the U.S.
Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Steward's operations include 31
hospitals in eight states, approximately 400 facility locations,
4,500 primary and specialty care physicians, 3,600 staffed beds,
and nearly 30,000 employees. Steward Health Care provides care to
more than two million patients annually.

Steward and 166 affiliated debtors filed a Chapter 11 petitions
(Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 24-90213) on May 6, 2024, in the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, and the
Honorable Christopher M. Lopez oversees the proceeding.

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP is serving as the Company's legal
counsel. AlixPartners, LLP is providing financial advisory services
to the Company, and John Castellano of AlixPartners is serving as
the Company's Chief Restructuring Officer. Lazard Freres & Co. LLC,
Leerink Partners LLC, and Cain Brothers, a division of KeyBanc
Capital Markets Inc. are providing investment banking services to
the Company. McDermott Will & Emery is special corporate and
regulatory counsel for the company. Kroll is the claims agent.



STEWARD HEALTH: Seeks to Hire Weil, Gotshal & Manges as Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------------
Steward Health Care System LLC and its affiliates seek approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas
to employ Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP as their counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

     a. take all necessary actions to protect and preserve the
Debtors' estate;

     b. prepare on behalf of the Debtors, as Debtors in possession,
all necessary motions, applications, answers, orders, reports, and
other papers in connection with the administration of the Debtors'
estate;

     c. take all necessary actions in connection with the Debtors'
postpetition restructuring process, any Chapter 11 plan and related
disclosure statement, and all related documents, and such further
actions as may be required in connection with the administration of
the Debtors' estate;

     d. take all necessary actions to protect and preserve the
value of the Debtors' estate; and

     e. perform all other necessary legal services in connection
with the prosecution of this Chapter 11 Case; provided, however,
that to the extent Weil determines that such services fall outside
the scope of services historically or generally performed by Weil
as lead Debtors's counsel in a bankruptcy case or as set forth in
the next bullet, Weil will file a supplemental declaration.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Partners             $1,595 to $2,350 per hour
     Associates           $830 to $1,470 per hour
     Paraprofessionals    $350 to $595 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.

In accordance with Appendix B-Guidelines for Reviewing Applications
for Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses Filed under 11
U.S.C. Sec. 330 for Attorneys in Larger Chapter 11 Cases, the
following is provided in response to the request for additional
information:

   Question:  Did you agree to any variations from, or alternatives
to, your standard or customary billing arrangements for this
engagement?

   Response:  No.

   Question:  Do any of the professionals included in this
engagement vary their rate based on the geographic location of the
bankruptcy case?

   Response:  No.

   Question:  If you represented the client in the 12 months
prepetition, disclose your billing rates and material financial
terms for the prepetition engagement, including any adjustments
during the 12 months prepetition. If your billing rates and
material financial terms have changed postpetition, explain the
difference and the reasons for the difference.

   Response:  Weil has represented the Debtors since January 2024.
Paragraph 19 herein discloses the billing rates used by Weil from
January 1, 2024 through the Petition Date, subject to annual
adjustment.

   Question:  Has your client approved your prospective budget and
staffing plan, and, if so for what budget period?

   Response:  Weil is developing a prospective budget and staffing
plan for these Chapter 11 cases. Weil and the Debtorss will review
such budget following the close of the budget period to determine a
budget for the following period.

Ray C. Schrock, Esq., a partner at Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Ray C. Schrock, Esq.
     WEIL GOTSHAL & MANGES, LLP
     767 Fifth Avenue
     New York, NY 10153
     Tel: (212) 310-8000
     Fax: (212) 310-8007
     Email: gabriel.morgan@weil.com

              About Steward Health Care

Steward Health Care System LLC owns and operates the largest
private physician-owned for-profit healthcare network in the U.S.
Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Steward's operations include 31
hospitals in eight states, approximately 400 facility locations,
4,500 primary and specialty care physicians, 3,600 staffed beds,
and nearly 30,000 employees. Steward Health Care provides care to
more than two million patients annually.

Steward and 166 affiliated debtors filed a Chapter 11 petitions
(Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 24-90213) on May 6, 2024, in the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, and the
Honorable Christopher M. Lopez oversees the proceeding.

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP is serving as the Company's legal
counsel. AlixPartners, LLP is providing financial advisory services
to the Company, and John Castellano of AlixPartners is serving as
the Company's Chief Restructuring Officer. Lazard Freres & Co. LLC,
Leerink Partners LLC, and Cain Brothers, a division of KeyBanc
Capital Markets Inc. are providing investment banking services to
the Company. McDermott Will & Emery is special corporate and
regulatory counsel for the company. Kroll is the claims agent.


STORYFILE INC: Seeks $900,000 DIP Loan from Key 7
-------------------------------------------------
StoryFile, Inc. asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of New York for authority to use cash collateral and
obtain postpetition financing.

The Debtor seeks to obtain post-petition financing from Key 7
Investment Company, pursuant to and in connection with a
superpriority loan in the aggregate amount of up to $900,000 of
which (i) an initial draw amount of $300,000 will be made available
to be drawn in a single drawing upon entry of the Order and
satisfaction of the other applicable conditions set forth therein
and in the DIP Loan Agreement and (ii) an additional amount of up
to $600,000 will be funded as provided in the DIP Loan Agreement.

The interest rate of the DIP Facility is Prime + 2%. The Debtor is
responsible for payment of Lender's out of pocket expenses up to
$25,000 incurred in the negotiation and preparation of the DIP
Facility and use of cash collateral documentation.

The DIP facility is due and payable on the earliest to occur of:

     (i) September 30, 2024;

    (ii) the closing date following entry of one or more final
orders approving the sale of all or substantially all of the assets
belonging to the Borrower in the Chapter 11 Case,

   (iii) the acceleration of any outstanding amount owed to Lender
following the occurrence of an uncured Event of Default,

    (iv) entry of an order by the Court in the Chapter 11 Case
either (a) dismissing such case or converting such Chapter 11 Case
to a case under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) appointing
a Chapter 11 trustee or an examiner with enlarged powers relating
to the operation of the business of the Borrower (i.e., powers
beyond those set forth in sections 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the
Bankruptcy Code), in each case without the consent of Lender; or

    (iv) the confirmation of a Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization by
the Borrower.

Not including trade debt, StoryFile's prepetition creditors
include:

     (i) U.S. Small Business Association pursuant to a loan
agreement dated July 11, 2020, in the amount of $126,000, of which
$126,000 in principal remains outstanding as of the Petition Date.
While SBA filed a UCC Financing Statement, UCC 1, with the Office
of the California Secretary of State, SBA has not filed a UCC 1
financing statement with the Delaware Secretary of State and
because the Debtor is a Delaware entity and has never been a
California entity, SBA is unsecured.

    (ii) Lender, pursuant to a Convertible Promissory Note dated
April 21, 2022 in the principal amount of $1.5 million. As of April
30, 2024, the outstanding principal and interest balance owed to
Lender was no less than $2.1 million. The indebtedness owed to
Lender is secured by all of the Debtor's assets pursuant to a
Security Agreement effective December 28, 2022 and is perfected by
the filing of an UCC Financing Statement, UCC 1, with the Delaware
Department of State on April 13, 2023; and

   (iii) Blythe Global Advisors LLC, pursuant to an engagement
agreement dated July 17, 2022 in the principal amount of $198,928,
of which $138,929. While Blythe filed a UCC 1 financing statement
with the California Secretary of State on December 7, 2023, Blythe
has not filed a UCC 1 financing statement with the Delaware
Secretary of State and because the Debtor is a Delaware entity and
has never been a California entity, Blythe is unsecured.

The value of the collateral is insufficient to secure the
indebtedness owed to the Lender and it is estimated that the first
lien of Lender is partially secured. Accordingly, only Key 7
Investment Company is entitled to adequate protection.

The Debtor has not made payments on any of the Pre-Petition Loan
Debt since on or about April 12, 2024.

The Debtor anticipates providing adequate protection to Lender in
the form of replacement liens, superpriority administrative expense
clams, and monthly payments in the amount of $3,122.

The protections given to the Lender are subject to a carve-out of
(A) the costs and administrative expenses permitted to be incurred
by any Chapter 7 Trustee under 11 U.S.C. Section 726(b) pursuant to
an order of the Court following any conversion of the chapter 11
case in an amount not to exceed $25,000; (b) the fees and expenses
projected in the Budget and incurred by the Debtor's professionals
or professionals of an unsecured creditors committee (if any) prior
to a Termination Event or Event of Default as defined in the Order
and the DIP Loan Agreement plus up to $50,000 in the aggregate to
pay any allowed fees and expenses incurred by the Debtor's
professionals following a Termination Event; and (c) payment of
fees pursuant to 28 U.S.C. section 1930.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=1DGssN
from PacerMonitor.com.

                  About StoryFile, Inc.

StoryFile, Inc. is a developer of a conversational video
interactive platform designed to give storytellers to have the
opportunity to tell their narratives and experiences in their own
words.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. N.Y. Case No. 24-22398) on May 5,
2024. In the petition signed by James Fong, interim CEO, the Debtor
disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Sean H. Lane oversees the case.

Gabriel Del Virginia, Esq., at the LAW OFFICE OF GABRIEL DEL
VIRGINIA, represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


STRATEGIC PORK: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Strategic Pork Solutions, LLC
        126 S. Broadway  
        Wells, MN 56097   

Business Description: Strategic Pork owns three properties in
                      Minnesota having a total current value of
                      $887,000.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 23, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Minnesota

Case No.: 24-31355

Judge: Hon. Katherine A. Constantine

Debtor's Counsel: David C. McLaughlin, Esq.
                  FLUEGEL ANDERSON MCLAUGHLIN & BRUTLAG
                  129 2nd Street NW
                  Ortonville, MN 56278
                  Tel: 320-839-2549
                  E-mail: dmclaughlin@fluegellaw.com

Total Assets: $1,092,000

Total Liabilities: $3,442,545

The petition was signed by Steve Hargis as president.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors is available
for free at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/WAMRB4Q/Strategic_Pork_Solutions_LLC__mnbke-24-31355__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


SUPPLY SOURCE: Files for Chapter 11 to Facilitate Sale
------------------------------------------------------
Hospeco Brands Group on May 22 disclosed that it has entered into
an asset purchase agreement with Supply Source Enterprises,
comprised of The Safety Zone and Impact Products operations.

Hospeco Brands Group is a United States-based, full-line
manufacturer of wiping solutions, personal care, odor control,
cleanroom, safety, and specialty products to serve building
management, industrial and manufacturing, food service, education,
healthcare and life sciences, hospitality, and wellness markets.
SSE is a leader in the sourcing and supply of cleaning and safety
products.

Tom Friedl, president of Hospeco Brands Group's parent company,
Tranzonic, said, "We are excited to bring SSE into the Hospeco
Brands Group family. This will be a win for our customers as well
as the customers, vendors, and employees of SSE. Hospeco Brands
Group has a proven track record growing through acquisition in our
core markets, including cleaning and safety, so we are
well-positioned to complete this transition smoothly and
efficiently for all parties involved."

Under the terms of the APA, Hospeco Brands Group, through its
parent company, Tranzonic, will serve as the "stalking horse
bidder" in a court-supervised sale process. To facilitate the sale
process, SSE has filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code. SSE intends to conduct the sale process
pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the
APA is subject to higher or better offers and bankruptcy court
approval, among other conditions. Hospeco Brands Group leadership
expects that, if Hospeco Brands Group is deemed to be the highest
or best bidder for the assets, the transaction will be completed
mid-summer.

                    About Hospeco Brands Group

Hospeco Brands Group brings more than a century of know-how and
innovation to cleaning, protecting, and caring for public spaces --
workplaces, offices, schools, restaurants, stores, and more -- and
caring for the people who work in and patronize these facilities.

                  About Supply Source Enterprise

Headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio, Supply Source Enterprises is a
virtual manufacturer of branded and private label personal
protective equipment and janitorial, safety, hygiene and sanitation
products. H.I.G. Capital acquired the company in 2020 in a private
equity deal.  

Supply Source Enterprises, Inc. and four affiliates, including SSE
Buyer, Inc., filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 24-11054) on
May 21, 2024, the Hon. Brendan Linehan Shannon presiding.  Supply
Source estimated assets of $50 million to $100 million and
liabilities of $100 million to $500 million.  The Debtors owe $60
million under an asset-backed loan to ACF Finco I LP and $80
million under a term loan facility to Ares Capital Corporation. The
petitions were signed by Laura Marcero as vice president.

McDermott Will & Emery LLP and Potter Anderson & Corroon LLP serve
as co-counsel.  Thomas Studebaker at Triple P RTS, LLC (a Portage
Point affiliate) serves as Chief Restructuring Officer. Kurtzman
Carson Consultants is the noting and claims agent.  TZ SSE Buyer
LLC is identified as the stalking horse bidder.



SYNAPTICS INCORPORATED: Fitch Affirms 'BB' IDR, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Synaptics Incorporated's Long-Term
Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'BB', as well as its first lien
senior secured term loan at 'BBB-'/'RR1' and senior unsecured notes
at 'BB'/'RR4'. The Rating Outlook is revised to Stable from
Positive.

The Outlook revision reflects the decline in Synaptics' revenue and
EBITDA in fiscal 2024 YTD and corresponding increase in EBITDA
leverage, which is forecast to be over 6x at fiscal YE 2024. The
prior Positive Outlook had been driven by its expectations of
leverage sustaining below 2.5x due to growth in end markets.

Synaptics' ratings and Stable Outlook reflect its positive through
the cycle FCF profile, volatility of results, expected EBITDA
leverage improvement to below 3x during the forecast period, cash
position and end-market growth opportunities in its core Internet
of Things (IoT) segment.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Significant Leverage Increase in 2024: Fitch forecasts Synaptics
EBITDA leverage to be 6.4x at its June 2024 fiscal year end,
followed by EBITDA-driven improvements through the forecast period
to below 3.0x as demand normalizes. Synaptics' leverage has
increased significantly in fiscal 2024 from 2.3x at fiscal YE23,
which is partially attributable to customers continuing to work
through excess inventory, weaknesses in the semiconductor market,
enterprise capital spending trends emphasizing datacenters, as well
as a stretched personal computer (PC) refresh cycle.

Fitch expects the resulting 37% decline in revenues YoY through
fiscal 3Q24 YTD to translate to a decline from EBITDA margins of
32% in fiscal 2023 to 16% at YE fiscal 2024. Large, less variable
R&D and SG&A costs contribute to the volatility in EBITDA margin,
which correspondingly would expand quickly as revenues return to
what Fitch considers a more mid-cycle level.

Conservative Leverage Target: Synaptics targets gross leverage of
1.5x, which agnostic of business profile factors, is strong for the
'BB' rating category. The company has maintained financial
flexibility during this period of heightened leverage and has kept
a cash balance of approximately $0.8 billion on its balance sheet.
Fitch forecasts net EBITDA leverage of 0.4x at fiscal 2024
year-end. Synaptics could reduce leverage if needed through
discretionary debt repayments, so a failure to decrease leverage
over the longer-term would signal a lack of commitment to their
1.5x target. The company has not bought back any shares YTD through
3Q24, instead prioritizing financial flexibility.

At or near a 1.5x EBITDA leverage level, Synaptics would be
adequately positioned to absorb the effects of a potential
debt-financed acquisition on its credit profile. This is consistent
with its strategy to be in a financial position to add leverage to
its balance sheet for opportune acquisitions. At its current
leverage level, there is no room in Synaptics' credit profile to
absorb a levering M&A transaction and maintain a 'BB' rating.

Demand Volatility: Synaptics is exposed to cyclical consumer
electronics device markets where component suppliers experience
frequent volatility, given variability in consumer spending and
tastes, short product lead times and annual product refreshes. The
company is exposed to intermittent supply/demand imbalances.
Volatility within Synaptics' credit profile dampens the benefits of
its profitability, which even under a forecast trough of 16% at
fiscal 2024 YE, is relatively high for the 'BB' rating category.

Structural Market Growth Opportunities: Synaptics is positioned to
take advantage of growth in end markets and product applications in
its core IoT segment that represents 17% of YTD fiscal 3Q24 sales.
A material increase in core IoT sales mix should reduce operating
volatility, diversify the customer base and provide meaningful FCF
contributions.

Through the Cycle FCF Generation: Synaptics generated positive FCF
every year since 2008, and Fitch forecasts positive FCF generation
in 2024 and cumulative FCF approaching $0.8 billion through fiscal
2027. FCF generation benefits from a low capital expense business
structure that outsources all manufacturing and generally ships
directly from the manufacturer, along with shareholder
distributions that are flexible in the form of buybacks.

Synaptics' consistent FCF strengthens its balance sheet and, at a
more typical leverage level, improves its capacity to supplement
organic growth with opportune M&A. Additionally, it provides
improved visibility on the company's capacity to reduce leverage
with discretionary debt repayments.

Product Leadership: Synaptics' product portfolio is broad and
includes a history of product leadership in multiple markets. It
holds leading positions within many key areas, including PC
fingerprint sensors and touchpads, video interfaces in laptop
docking stations and video adaptors. Synaptics maintains strong
positions in mobile touch and display drivers, components for voice
assistants, and automotive infotainment displays.

Opportunities for product leadership through outsized pricing power
are limited by the sector's competitive attributes. Long-term
competitive advantages are limited due to low switching costs,
including the risk of original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
customers pursuing in-house design and component production,
technology risks from continually evolving device interface
technologies and intense competition for design slots.

Customer Concentration: Synaptics' growth in less concentrated end
markets and emerging product areas augments its customer
diversification. In fiscal 2023, 37% of its revenue was
attributable to five OEM customers. Customer concentration is
likely to continue due to the scale of the company's OEM customers
in PC, mobile and automotive markets, but Fitch expects its effects
to decrease as the core IoT segment grows as a percentage of sales
mix.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Synaptics' profitability, measured by its EBITDA margin, remains a
strength of its credit profile, although Fitch forecasts that it
will decline to 15.9% at fiscal YE 2024. Synaptic is typically more
comparable with Entegris, Inc. (BB/Stable, EBITDA margin forecast
28.5% at YE 2024). However, it still comes in above TTM
Technologies, Inc. (BB/Stable, EBITDA margin 13.1% at fiscal YE
2023) for the same period.

Each of these 'BB' rated peers has some level of cyclicality, with
Synaptics having the most pronounced. It leads the other companies
in FCF generation, as demonstrated by an FCF margin of
approximately 13% forecast for its fiscal 2024 compared with 1.2%
and 3.2% for TTM and Entegris at their most recent respective
yearends.

Higher-rated semiconductor market-related peers Microchip
Technology Inc. (Microchip, BBB/Positive) and NXP Semiconductors
N.V. (BBB+/Stable) have materially larger scale than Synaptics.
They generated FCF in their most recent fiscal years of $2.4
billion and $1.8 billion respectively, compared to approximately
$100 million forecast for Synaptics in fiscal 2024. Microchip and
NXP have high profitability levels with EBITDA margins of 50.8% and
40.9%, respectively, for their most recent year ends, which is
higher than Synaptics'.

Like Synaptics, Microchip's financial policy exhibited
opportunistic elements historically with a willingness to exceed
leverage targets in pursuit of M&A. Microchip maintains a net
leverage target of 1.5x, which is above Synaptics' 1.5x gross
leverage target, but it is supported by a stronger market position
and greater scale.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's Key Assumptions Within Its Rating Case for the Issuer
Include

- Fiscal 2024 revenues remain pressured by weakness in enterprise
and consumer spending declining approximately 29% YoY. Customer
inventories and market spending begins to improve in 2025 and
through the remainder of the forecast. Revenue growth is driven by
organic growth making up lost gains in the enterprise and
automotive segments before settling in mid-single digit growth, and
accelerating sales in the IoT segment, resulting in IoT
contributing near 30% of sales mix by fiscal 2027.

- EBITDA margins in 2024 informed by YTD performance of
approximately 16%. Margins begin to normalize in fiscal 2025
returning to excess of 30% in later years of the forecast with
customer inventory normalized, declining contributions from the
lower gross margin mobile segment and a stable operating expense
base.

- Capex increases to over 3.5% of revenue in 2024 due YoY revenue
decline forecast. It normalizes at between 2.5%-3.0% of revenue, in
line with historic performance and the practice of outsourcing
manufacturing during the remainder of forecast period;

- No share repurchases in 2024. Repurchases of $100 million-$200
million annually during the remainder of forecast period with the
existing share repurchase program extended past 2025. No common or
special dividends paid;

- Partially debt-funded acquisitions within the core IoT segment
closing in fiscal 2027 with total consideration of $500 million,
completed at 3.5x enterprise value/revenue;

- Base interest rates applicable to the company's outstanding
variable rate debt obligations reflects the current SOFR forward
curve declining from 5.3% to 4.0% in fiscal 2027.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- EBITDA leverage sustained below 2.5x;

- FCF margins sustained above 20%;

- Core IoT sales mix trending to over 30% leading to greater
customer diversity.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Inability to meaningfully reduce leverage either through EBITDA
growth or debt repayment towards 3.0x in fiscal 2025;

- Longer term EBITDA leverage sustained above 3.0x;

- Revenue declines YoY in fiscal 2025;

- FCF margins sustained below 10%.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Preserving Strong Liquidity: Synaptics historically has held,
relative to its operational needs, a large cash balance, which at
its fiscal 3Q24 was $828 million. This level of cash provides
Synaptics flexibility to support actions such as potential M&A
financing or discretionary deleveraging. Liquidity is further
supported by Synaptics' $250 million revolving credit facility,
which was undrawn at March 2024.

Forecast FCF between $100 million to $300 million annually through
the rating horizon, which benefits from a low capital intensity
business structure, reduces refinancing risk for Synaptics' undrawn
credit facility maturing 2026, as well as $600 million term loan
and $400 million unsecured notes maturing in 2028 and 2029
respectively.

ISSUER PROFILE

Synaptics develops semiconductor solutions that enable people to
interact with electronic devices. Products offerings include
connectivity, audio, high-definition video, touch controllers,
display drivers, fingerprint sensors and touchpads solutions.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                 Rating         Recovery   Prior
   -----------                 ------         --------   -----
Synaptics Incorporated   LT IDR BB   Affirmed            BB

   senior unsecured      LT     BB   Affirmed   RR4      BB

   senior secured        LT     BBB- Affirmed   RR1      BBB-


SYRACUSE INDUSTRIAL: Fitch Ups Rating on 2016A/B PILOT Bonds to CC
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded the following Syracuse Industrial
Development Agency, New York (SIDA) bonds to 'CC' from 'C':

- Approximately $198.8 million payments in lieu of taxes (PILOT)
revenue refunding bonds, series 2016A (Carousel Center Project);

- Approximately $10.6 million PILOT revenue refunding bonds,
taxable series 2016B (Carousel Center Project);

- Approximately $54 million PILOT revenue bonds, taxable series
2007B (Carousel Center Project).

   Entity/Debt                  Rating          Prior
   -----------                  ------          -----
Syracuse Industrial
Development Agency
(NY) [Carousel
Center PILOT]

   Syracuse Industrial
   Development Agency
   (NY) /Property
   Assessment - PILOT/1 LT   LT CC  Upgrade     C

The upgrade reflects Fitch's assessment that an eventual default is
probable, though not immediately forthcoming. The rating is based
on Fitch's view that that the PILOT bonds will continue to be paid
from net operating income (NOI) of the Carousel Center mall in
Syracuse, NY, which Fitch estimates provided 1.1x coverage of
maximum annual debt service on the PILOT revenue bonds for the year
ended fiscal, 2023.

Fitch anticipates that the NOI will continue to experience
pressures due to the overall decline in the performance of
non-trophy malls, which is attributed to slower revenue growth and
rising expenses. This situation is exacerbated by declining
consumer demand in the retail sector, inflationary costs, and a
shift in spending from goods to services, which is anticipated to
further impact weaker malls. Retailers are expected to adjust their
space requirements, with some closing stores and others expanding,
resulting in minimal net change in total occupancy.

The 'CC' rating also considers the significant 81% drop in the
Carousel Center's appraisal values since 2014, which reflects
reduced mall activity. The value of the mall experienced a 17%
decrease in July 2023 (to $133 million) compared to May 2022, which
remains well below the subordinate mortgage loans securitized as
commercial mortgage pass-through certificates (CMBS).

The rating also considers the credit risks tied to the subordinate
CMBS loans, which are now subject to a CMBS modification agreement
with Wells Fargo (A+/Stable). The agreement stipulates that the
mall must achieve increasing annual NOI targets through 2027.
Failure to meet these targets could result in the CMBS loan not
being extended past its current expiration date of June 6, 2024,
which could ultimately result in the property entering
receivership. Fitch believes the PILOT bond debt service will
continue to be paid from property taxes in the near term even if
the loan is not extended beyond June 6.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- A decline in NOI and inability to cover debt service on the PILOT
revenue bonds.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- The ongoing recovery of the mall, which may be reflected in an
improving NOI and increased debt service coverage on the bonds;

- A solid indication of the mall's value increasing relative to all
of the debt outstanding.

DEDICATED TAX SECURITY

The bonds are secured by PILOTs on the original or 'legacy'
Carousel Center mall payable to SIDA by the Carousel Center Company
LP (the Carousel Owner) pursuant to a PILOT agreement as well as by
interest earnings on debt service reserves. The debt service
reserve funds total 125% of average annual debt service.

DEDICATED TAX KEY RATING DRIVERS

Mall operations have weakened, which is evidenced by a compound
average growth rate of -8.2% in net operating income since 2014.
NOI increased by 1.9% in 2023 compared to 2022, but the results are
well below pre-pandemic NOI in 2019 by -46%.

NOI in 2023 covers the maximum annual PILOT debt service by 1.1
times or 1.7x annual debt service. Fitch believes that MADs
coverage could fall below 1.1x coverage in the near term given the
flat to declining NOI trend.

SIDA has no material exposure to mall's operating risks. As such,
Fitch has not assigned an Issuer Default Rating (IDR), and there is
no related cap on the PILOT bond rating.

PROFILE

Destiny USA is a roughly 2 million square foot regional shopping
center in Syracuse, NY. The mall opened in 1990 as the Carousel
Center. It is owned by a subsidiary of Pyramid Company of Onondaga,
which is part of the Pyramid Companies established in 1969.

Pyramid has a senior obligation to pay PILOTs equal to debt service
on the PILOT revenue bonds. Mall tenants are obligated to pay their
share of PILOTs to Pyramid, an obligation that is absolute and
unconditional. Pyramid's PILOT payment is secured by PILOT
mortgages granted by both Pyramid and the SIDA on the original mall
(the PILOT mortgages do not extend to the mall expansion project
completed in 2012).

The lien provided by the PILOT mortgages is similar to those by
taxing authorities, offering foreclosure as a remedy. The senior
obligation of the PILOTs, on par with property taxes, ensures that
support funding and any proceeds from foreclosure will be allocated
first to the PILOTs before the excess is utilized for underlying
mortgage claims.

The Carousel Center carries a $300 million mortgage loan and a $130
million mortgage on the expansion project, securitized as CMBS. The
special servicer of the CMBS is Wells Fargo & Co (IDR A+/Stable).
The presence of a CMBS servicer remains an important rating
consideration, given its role in advancing the PILOT payments in
the event of a NOI deficiency, and the PILOT's strong lien position
in the mall's debt structure.

Pyramid entered into a standstill agreement, which included a
moratorium on monthly debt service payments and an extension of the
loan until June 6, 2022. Before the expiry, the borrower secured
two one-year loan extensions through June 6, 2024 with options for
further extensions through June 6, 2027. Pyramid is in the process
of confirming an extension for the loan through June 6, 2025. Each
loan extension is subject to achieving certain financial hurdles
including the required NOI thresholds, which are expected to
increase each year through 2027.

The servicer for the CMBS loans for the mall reported that the
appraisal value as of July 2023 of the Carousel Center was $133
million, about 31% of the outstanding CMBS loans (Carousel and
Expansion projects).


TALEN ENERGY: S&P Affirms 'B+' ICR on Repricing Transaction
-----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its ratings on Talen Energy Supply LLC
(Talen), including its 'B+' long-term issuer credit rating (ICR);
and its 'BB' issue-level rating on the company's senior secured
term loan B (TLB), senior secured notes, senior secured term loan C
(TLC), and senior secured revolving credit facility (RCF). The '1'
recovery rating on the senior secured debt, which indicates its
expectation of very high recovery in the event of a default, is
unchanged.

The positive outlook reflects the potential for an upgrade after
the completion of pending development milestones associated with
Talen's data center sale. An upgrade will also require confidence
that Talen can sustain debt to EBITDA below 4.0x and free operating
cash flow to debt (FOCF to debt) of more than 10% through S&P's
forecast period.

The repricing transaction reflects the bullish sentiment in the
power sector, which is experiencing a strong resurgence.

On May 8, 2024, Talen completed the repricing of its TLB and TLC,
reducing the spread on the facilities by 100 basis points to 3.5%
annually. The repricing transaction also modified the interest rate
floor on the facilities to 0% from 0.5%. In addition to the pricing
changes, Talen obtained amendments to the term loan facilities
(increasing capacity for dispositions, restricted payments, and
investments), including a one-time waiver that alleviated the
requirement to prepay the term loans from the asset sale proceeds
of its ERCOT fleet (1.7 gigawatts [GW]).

S&P said, "Although we consider the repricing of the loans a credit
positive, the lack of debt paydown from the ERCOT asset sale
transaction proceeds is contrary to our expectations. When Talen
announced the sale, and given the terms and conditions of the term
loan facilities (the requirement to prepay term loans under an
asset sale event), we anticipated the company would reduce some
debt to compensate for the loss of earnings from the ERCOT fleet,
as well as the increased risk from its near-full concentration in
the Pennsylvania-New Jersey-Maryland (PJM) Interconnection. After
the ERCOT asset sale transaction, 97% of Talen's capacity is in the
PJM, compared with 86% before the sale. In addition, Susquehanna,
Talen's most significant asset, now represents an even bigger share
(two-thirds or more) of the company's overall EBITDA during our
outlook period.

"However, we believe the long-term value creation at Susquehanna
through the power purchase agreement (PPA) with Amazon Energy and
the sale of carbon-free attributes are credit-accretive
developments that provide a strong offset against concentration
risks, and improve the company's cash flow profile, on balance. The
contracted cash flows provide valuable upside to Susquehanna over
and above the nuclear production tax credit (PTC), meaningfully
expanding its earnings and financial capacity, at least over the
next 10 years. The PPA also highlights the relevance and
significance of baseload and clean power, attributes that are very
difficult to find in combination and at economic terms.

The unregulated power sector is seeing a strong rebound on the back
of growing load expectations spurred by electrification, the rise
of artificial intelligence, onshoring, shrinking base-load supply,
and increasingly volatile grids due to the expanding representation
of intermittent generation in the overall supply mix. Reflecting
the bullish sentiment across the sector, which for a long time has
been muted by price backwardation and weak market signals, investor
appetite has been strong and credit spreads for power-related risk
have compressed. Share prices of various independent power
producers (IPP) are also trading at record levels, rising rapidly
over the past year. What is different this time is that the
strength is demand driven, rather than a result of a commodity
cycle, which generally dissipates within a shorter time frame. S&P
views this momentum as highly favorable for the IPPs, including
Talen, whose shares are also trading on the OTC (and have risen
sharply since emergence), and is aspiring to list on a national
exchange this year.

The recently announced U.S. EPA rules are creating long-term
uncertainty for thermal generators.

On April 25, 2024, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
announced final carbon pollution standards for existing coal-fired
and new gas-fired plants. The action is intended to curb greenhouse
gas emissions by aiming to achieve a 90% carbon pollution control
rate from these types of facilities. The EPA's emission guidelines
would require the use of carbon capture and sequestration
technologies, which can be applied directly to the power plants.
Affected power plants are required to demonstrate compliance
between 2030-2032.

The EPA rules, if implemented, could be detrimental to the
long-term viability of coal and natural gas-fired generation. None
of Talen's thermal assets have carbon-abatement capabilities, which
have very high deployment costs and are not fully proven at scale
at this stage. That said, Talen has converted its Montour facility
(1.5 GW) from coal to natural gas, which will be the primary fuel
for the plant. Similarly, Brunner Island (1.4 GW) also can run on
natural gas, as an alternative to coal. These conversions should
help drive down the emission intensity of the plants and provide a
mitigant against the tighter rules.

Talen's Colstrip facility (222 megawatts on a net ownership basis)
is at a much higher risk from stricter emission standards and
environmental regulations, given the asset's high dispatch nature.
The plant operates in the Western Electricity Coordinating Council
(WECC) and has been a key source of non-nuclear energy cash flows
for the company (about 8%-10% of total cash flow). In addition to
the announced EPA rules, Colstrip is also subject to the recently
revised, and more stringent, Mercury and Air Toxic Standards
(MATS), under which the plant (along with 33 other identified
coal-fired facilities across the country) will have to upgrade its
filterable particulate matter (fPM) control technology in order to
meet the new standard by July 2027. Given Colstrip's economic
profile and profitable operations, S&P expects Talen will likely
invest in the required technology to continue long-term operations
at the plant.

The rules announced by the EPA are already facing legal hurdles.
Multiple U.S. states, trade groups, and industry constituents have
sued the EPA, and given the opposition and legal obstacles, S&P
also see a reasonable likelihood the rules will be deferred or
watered down from their existing form.

The upsizing of the share buyback program is credit neutral.

On its first-quarter 2024 earnings call, Talen said that it would
upsize its share buyback program capacity to $1 billion from $300
million. The program runs through 2025, and to date, Talen has
repurchased about $38 million of shares.

S&P said, "We consider the credit impact of the share buybacks as
neutral. Talen reported an unrestricted cash position of $1.3
billion as of May 6, 2024. The amount includes the $723 million in
estimated net proceeds the company received from the ERCOT asset
sale transaction. In addition, the company expects to receive $300
million from the data center sale later this year, which will
further build its available cash. With no identifiable growth
projects or investments, and the business being free-cash positive,
we do not view the buyback as negative given available liquidity
and the company's base business remaining largely intact. We also
believe Talen has other asset-monetization opportunities, such as
the sale of its coin mining operations. Under such a scenario, we
think the company would likely expand the scope of its capital
return plans and pass along the excess cash to its shareholders.

"The positive outlook reflects our expectation that Talen's
earnings and leverage profile will improve given the incremental
revenue streams from the PPA with Amazon Energy, as well as the
long-term and contracted sale of carbon-free attributes. Although
the lack of debt reduction from ERCOT asset sale transaction
proceeds dilutes the effect of these positive developments, we
believe that, on balance, Talen's cash flow profile has improved.
Based on our forward-looking view of the energy and capacity
markets at this stage, we forecast Talen's adjusted debt-to-EBITDA
ratio at around 4.0x-4.3x (or better) for 2024 and 2025, improving
to about 3.6x-3.8x in 2026.

"We would revise the outlook to stable if we believed that Talen
would not be able to sustain adjusted debt to EBITDA of less than
4.0x, or FOCF to debt of more than 10%, over the long term. Factors
that could lead to such an outcome include a material decrease in
power prices and energy spreads or depressed capacity prices, both
of which could negatively affect the company's non-nuclear fleet.
In addition, unforeseen operating failures at Talen's assets would
also result in revenue and cash flow loss. Given Susquehanna's
significant contribution to Talen's earnings, any extended forced
outages or technical problems could meaningfully weaken EBITDA and
cash generation.

"We will revisit the outlook and could raise the rating after the
completion of the pending development milestones associated with
the data center sale. An upgrade would also require confidence that
Talen's adjusted debt to EBITDA will remain below 4.0x, and FOCF to
debt above 10%, through our outlook period."



THERAPY BRANDS: Moody's Lowers CFR to Caa1 & First Lien Loans to B3
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings downgraded Therapy Brands Holdings LLC's Corporate
Family Rating to Caa1 from B3 and Probability of Default Rating to
Caa1-PD from B3-PD. Concurrently, Moody's downgraded the company's
senior secured first lien bank credit facilities ratings, which
consists of a $40 million revolver due 2026, a $235 million term
loan due 2028, and a $60 million delayed draw term loan due 2028 to
B3 from B2. Moody's also downgraded the company's senior secured
second lien bank credit facilities ratings, which consists of a $95
million second lien term loan due 2029 and a $40 million second
lien delayed draw term loan due 2029 to Caa3 from Caa2. Moody's has
maintained the stable outlook.

The rating action reflects Moody's expectation for diminishing
margins and negative free cash flow over the next 12 -18 months,
which will result in a deteriorating liquidity position. The
company will pursue a comprehensive integration of its products and
software platforms, which can generate substantial long-term
savings but also increases near term operational risks.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Therapy Brand's Caa1 CFR reflects the company's very high financial
leverage, small size and negative free cash flow generation. As of
the last twelve months ended December 31, 2023, the company's
debt-to-EBITDA was approximately 10x (Moody's adjusted). Leverage
increased following the full draw of the company's first and second
lien delayed draw term loan ("DDTL"), $60 and $40 million
respectively, in November of 2022. Proceeds were used towards an
acquisition and cash to the balance sheet. Moody's expects the
company's EBITDA margins to contract during the next 12 months as
it increases its investment in executing its go to market and
consolidation strategies during 2024 and into 2025, causing
debt-to-EBITDA to remain very high and free cash flows to remain
negative during the next 12 to 18 months. Moody's views the
company's efforts to generate better operating efficiencies and
cross selling opportunities by integrating its product set and
migrating to one platform as a strategic positive, however the
means to do so will keep debt-to-EBITDA leverage higher for longer,
and diminish liquidity by further pressuring free cash flow
generation in a high interest rate environment. Additionally,
customer software platform and product migrations can present risks
of increased churn. The rating also reflects governance risks
stemming from its concentrated ownership structure and control by
the private equity owner, which has resulted in aggressive
financial policies with a tolerance for high debt-to-EBITDA
leverage and a history of debt-funded acquisitions, along with the
potential for debt-funded shareholder distributions.

The credit profile benefits from Therapy Brands' profitability,
with EBITDA margins over 25% (including Moody's adjustments), and a
relatively stable revenue base, supported by software-as-a-service
(SaaS) subscriptions. The company's software supports integrated
practice management, revenue cycle management, electronic health
records and payment solutions for health practitioners providing
mental health and rehabilitation services. Also supporting the
credit profile is the company's adequate (albeit diminishing)
liquidity position with a healthy cash balance, originated from the
delayed draw term loans, and full availability under its revolving
credit facility, which Moody's views as sizable given the company's
small scale.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation for negative free
cash flow and very high debt/EBITDA over the next 12 to 18 months.
However the company will have a sizable cash balance to absorb the
expected cash usage as it spends on its strategic plan to improve
efficiency across multiple areas of the business during the next 12
to 18 months. The outlook also reflects the company's aggressive
financial policy, which includes the potential for additional debt
funded acquisitions or other shareholder-friendly actions that
could further constrain credit quality.

Moody's considers Therapy Brand's liquidity as adequate, supported
by the company's $43 million cash balance as of March 31, 2024 and
fully available $40 million revolver, which Moody's views as
sizable given the company's small scale. The company has no near
term debt maturities. The revolver is not expected to be drawn
during 2024 due to its healthy cash balance, however Moody's expect
cash levels to decrease during the next 12 months while the company
increases investment spending and continues to generate negative
free cash flow as its high debt load and interest burden persists.
The revolver is subject to a springing first lien net leverage
covenant of less than 9.5x when the drawn amount exceeds $16
million. Moody's expects Therapy Brands would maintain covenant
compliance if tested.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if 1) revenue scale increases,
resulting in market share and customer expansion with expectations
of growth sustained at over 5%; 2) debt to EBITDA decreases to
below 8.0x; 3) free cash flow is expected to remain positive over
time and liquidity improves.

The ratings could be downgraded if 1) revenue growth is less than
5%; 2) EBITDA margins decline further than expected, 3) debt to
EBITDA remains above 8.0x longer term; or 4) liquidity weakens.

The B3 rating assigned to the senior secured 1st lien revolving
credit facility, term loan and delayed draw term loan ratings, one
notch above the Caa1 CFR, is driven by the Caa1-PD probability of
default rating (PDR) and a Loss Given Default (LGD) assessment of
LGD3, their priority lien position ahead of and the loss absorption
benefit provided by the junior ranking debt.

The Caa3 rating assigned to the senior secured 2nd lien term loan
and delayed draw term loan, two notches below the Caa1 CFR, is
driven by the Caa1-PD PDR and an LGD assessment of LGD5, reflecting
their ranking junior to and first loss position with respect to the
company's senior secured 1st lien obligations.

Therapy Brands, founded in 2013 and headquartered in Birmingham,
AL, is a provider of integrated software-as-a-service solutions
including, EHR (electronic health record), PMS (practice management
solutions) RCM (revenue cycle management) and payment solutions to
the mental health, behavioral health and rehabilitation markets.
The company is majority owned by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. Inc.
(KKR), a New York based private equity firm, with a significant
minority ownership held by Providence Strategic Growth. Revenues
for last twelve months ended December 31, 2023 were $146 million.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Software
published in June 2022.


THRASIO LLC: BlackRock TCP Marks $40.9MM Loan at 65% Off
--------------------------------------------------------
BlackRock TCP Capital Corp has marked its $40,936,031 loan extended
to Thrasio, LLC to market at $14,327,611 or 35% of the outstanding
amount, as of March 31, 2024, according to a disclosure contained
in BlackRock TCP's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March
31, 2024, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

BlackRock TCP is a participant in a First Lien Term Loan to
Thrasio, LLC.  The loan accrues interest at a rate of 14.59% (SOFR
(Q) +9.26%,1% FLOOR) per annum. The loan matures on December 18,
2026.

BlackRock TCP, formerly known as TCP Capital Corp., is a Delaware
corporation formed on April 2, 2012 as an externally managed,
closed-end, non-diversified management investment company. The
Company elected to be regulated as a business development company
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

BlackRock TCP is led by Rajneesh Vig, Chief Executive Officer; and
Erik L. Cuellar, Chief Financial Officer. The fund can be reach
through:

     Rajneesh Vig
     BlackRock TCP Capital Corp
     2951 28th Street, Suite 1000
     Santa Monica, CA 90405
     Tel: (310) 566-1000

Thrasio LLC -- https://www.thrasio.com -- specializes in buying
Amazon third-party private label businesses. Its portfolio includes
Angry Orange pet odor eliminators and stain removers, Wise Owl
Outfitters camping and outdoor gear, and more than 200 other Amazon
and ecommerce brands. Thrasio was co-founded in 2018 by Joshua
Silberstein.



THRIVE MERGER: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR on Improved Operating Results
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed the 'B-' issuer credit rating and
issue-level ratings on Thrive Merger Sub LLC (d/b/a Therapy
Brands).

The negative outlook reflects the risk that its future top-line
growth and EBITDA margins will not be sufficient to offset the
impact from higher interest expense and other potential outflows.
S&P believes this would result in sustained free cash flow
deficits, leading us to assess the capital structure as likely
unsustainable.

S&P said, "Our rating on Therapy Brands reflects our expectation
for temporary cash flow deficits to continue in 2024 with
significant improvement in 2025, well ahead of maturities or any
liquidity tightness. Performance in 2023 was slightly ahead of our
expectations with top-line growth of about 7% and S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins improving by more than 500 basis
points (bps) to about 24%. However, the company was affected by
some working capital outflows, and continues to be burdened by high
interest costs, which led to a cash flow deficit of about $12
million for the year.

"For 2024, the company intends to focus on internal investments,
consolidating its platforms, migrating its customer base, and to a
lesser extent, on marketing efforts and back-office operations.
Given the internal focus on products in 2024, we think revenue
growth will be in the 2%-3% area, increasing to mid- to high-single
digits in 2025. We expect these investments to burden EBITDA
margins in 2024 by about 500 bps, and we do not expect the company
to return to 2023 margin levels until the second half of 2025, as
the level of investment declines and operating results reflect the
scaling business. As a result, we believe cash flows will be
pressured in 2024 leading to a deficit of about $10 million-$15
million, before returning to about break-even in 2025.

"The outlook also reflects the potential for execution risk to
affect our base-case. We believe modest underperformance can have
an outsized impact on Therapy Brand's metrics given its small scale
with $30 million-$40 million in EBITDA. In our view, a
macroenvironment that remains challenged and an intense competitive
landscape could limit Therapy's ability to achieve a level of
growth necessary to meet its expense structure. Even within its
relatively niche end market, Therapy must compete with numerous
providers, some of which offer a more robust solution set and have
greater capital resources. For example, SimplePractice, a competing
product to TheraNest, spends significantly more on marketing,
including Google search engine, and has a much larger customer
base. As such, we believe that for Therapy to remain competitive,
it will likely need to continue investing in its products and
marketing, which could limit its ability to grow margins as revenue
increases. Additionally, the company has brought on many new
additions to its management team over the past year, which adds
additional expenses to an already strained income statement. We
think the company must both execute on its growth plan and manage
expenses to get to a sustainable level of EBITDA in 2025.

"We expect adequate liquidity over the next 12 months with no
significant near-term debt maturities. As of March 2024, Therapy
Brands had a cash balance of approximately $43 million and full
availability under its $40 million revolving credit facility (RCF)
due in May 2026. The company can use its liquidity position to
support expected free operating cash flow deficit in 2024 of about
$10 million to $15 million with some cushion for underperformance
and a potential small deficit in 2025. We think the company has
limited capacity for an acquisition funded with the revolver or
cash on the balance sheet. The company does not face any
significant upcoming debt maturities, including about $288 million
first-lien term loan commitments maturing in 2028, and $135 million
second-lien term loan commitments maturing in 2029. If cash flows
do not meet our expectations and the company is slow to extend its
revolver, liquidity could be pressured in mid-2025.

"The negative outlook reflects the risk that its future top-line
growth and EBITDA margins will not be sufficient to offset the
impact from higher interest expense and other potential outflows.
We believe this would result in sustained free cash flow deficits,
likely leading us to assess the capital structure as likely
unsustainable.

"Governance factors are a moderately negative consideration in our
credit rating analysis. Our assessment of the company's financial
risk profile as highly leveraged reflects corporate decision making
that prioritizes the interests of the controlling owners, in line
with our view of the majority of rated entities owned by
private-equity sponsors. Our assessment also reflects the generally
finite holding periods and a focus on maximizing shareholder
returns."



TRI-STATE SOLUTIONS: Case Summary & 12 Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Tri-State Solutions of Maryland, LLC
        9701 Apollo Drive
        Suite 100
        Upper Marlboro MD 20774  

Business Description: The Debtor is part of the non-residential
                      building construction industry.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 22, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Maryland

Case No.: 24-14375

Debtor's Counsel: Daniel Staeven, Esq.
                  FROST LAW
                  839 Bestgate Drive Suite 400
                  Annapolis MD 21401
                  Tel: 410-497-5947
                  Email: daniel.staeven@frosttaxlaw.com

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Herman Barber, III, as managing member.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's 12 unsecured creditors is available for free
at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/A6AMJSI/Tri-State_Solutions_of_Maryland__mdbke-24-14375__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS: Case Summary & 19 Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Underground Solutions LLC
           d/b/a Underground Communications
        2403 Elizondo St
        Simi Valley, CA 93065

Business Description: Underground Solutions specializes in
                      providing cutting-edge underground
                      communication services.  The Company
                      specializes in delivering top-tier fiber
                      optic services that enhance connectivity
                      experience.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: May 23, 2024

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 24-10578

Judge: Hon. Ronald A. Clifford III

Debtor's Counsel: Steven R. Fox, Esq.
                  THE FOX LAW CORPORATION INC.
                  17835 Ventura Blvd #306
                  Encino, CA 91316
                  Tel: 818-774-3545
                  Fax: 818-774-3707
                  Email: SRFox@foxlaw.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

The petition was signed by Javier Junior Esqueda as managing
member.

A full-text copy of the petition containing, among other items, a
list of the Debtor's 19 unsecured creditors is available for free
at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/5GTTTCI/Underground_Solutions_LLC__cacbke-24-10578__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


UNIVISION COMMUNICATIONS: S&P Rates New Senior Secured Debt 'B+'
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Univision Communications Inc.'s proposed $500
million senior secured notes due 2031 and $500 million senior
secured term loan due 2029. The '3' recovery rating indicates its
expectation of meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 65%) recovery
for lenders in the event of a payment default. The company plans to
use the proceeds from the proposed debt issuances to repay a
portion of its senior secured term loan due in 2026 ($1.9 billion
outstanding).

S&P's 'B+' issuer credit rating and stable outlook on Univision are
unchanged because the proposed transaction will not affect its net
leverage.



VESTA ENERGY: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'B-', Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised the issuer credit rating on Calgary-based
exploration and production (E&P) company Vesta Energy Ltd. to 'B-'
from 'CCC+', and removed all ratings from CreditWatch with positive
implications, where they were placed on March 21, 2024.

At the same time, S&P raised the issue-level rating on the
company's second-lien secured notes to 'B+' from 'B'. The
second-lien recovery rating remains '1', reflecting its expectation
for very high (90%-100%; rounded estimate: 95%) recovery in the
event of default.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that Vesta will
generate strong credit measures and maintain adequate liquidity
over the next two years, supported by relatively favorable oil
prices, above average profitability, and moderate production
growth.

The recently completed credit facility extension alleviates Vesta's
near-term liquidity risk. On April 30, 2024, Vesta successfully
extended the maturity date of its C$170 million revolving credit
facility (RCF) to April 30, 2026. As of March 31, 2024, the company
had about C$55 million drawn on the facility. S&P views the
extension of this facility beyond its two-year (2024-2025) forecast
period as effectively alleviating any near-term liquidity risk
associated with the company's relatively small operating scale.
Additionally, the company's C$197.6 million second-lien secured
notes do not mature until Oct. 15, 2026.

A highly competitive cost structure and moderate production growth
helps offset Vesta's narrow operational scale. Vesta's cost
structure reflects the favorable conditions of the East Shale
Basin, which has one of the highest light oil-weighted resources
densities across the Duvernay Basin and is a thick over-pressure
reservoir with high total organic content, favorable mineralogy,
and low water saturation. S&P said, "We also anticipate production
will increase moderately by the mid- to high-single-digit percent
over our forecast period from just under 13,000 barrels of oil
(boe) per day in 2023 to more than 14,000 boe per day in 2025. We
expect this will further support the company's absolute
profitability, which consistently ranks in the top quartile of the
global E&P peer group on a unit earnings before interest and taxes
(EBIT) basis." Vesta's above-average profitability helps offset
some of the cash flow and leverage volatility inherent in a company
with a relatively limited operational scale.

S&P said, "We expect Vesta will maintain adequate liquidity and
generate strong financial metrics over the next 24 months. We
continue to project strong cash flow generation over our forecast
period, with S&P Global Ratings-adjusted FFO averaging just over
C$240 million for 2024 and 2025, largely supported by the continued
strength in oil prices and Vesta's moderate production growth,
competitive cost structure, and above-average profitability
relative to peers. Accordingly, we expect S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted FFO to debt will average about 80% and debt to
EBITDA will be about 1.1x over our forecast period.

"While we anticipate almost all of Vesta's free operating cash flow
(FOCF) will be used to fund organic production growth, we would
expect this growth spending will be managed within internal cash
flow generation if oil prices weakened. Additionally, the company
has about C$115 million of availability on its revolving credit
facility as of March 31, 2024, which in tandem with the flexibility
to reduce growth spending, will likely ensure the company maintains
adequate liquidity over our forecast period.

"Further rating upside is constrained by the company's limited
scale and financial-sponsor ownership. While we project moderate
production growth over the forecast period, Vesta's production
scale will continue to represent the smallest production base of
all rated North American E&P companies. In our view, the relatively
small scale amplifies Vesta's exposure to unanticipated adverse
market or operational events. Further, Vesta's majority
private-equity ownership constrains any improvement to the
company's financial risk profile regardless of actual or projected
balance-sheet strength. As such, Vesta's business risk
profile--specifically its operational scope and scale--would need
to materially strengthen to support a higher rating. For example,
we expect 'B'-rated light oil producer Teine Energy Ltd., which
also benefits from an above-average profitability assessment, will
produce more than 40,000 boe per day this year.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that Vesta will generate
strong credit measures and maintain adequate liquidity over the
next two years supported by relatively favorable oil prices and
moderate production growth. Specifically, we project the company
will generate S&P Global Ratings-adjusted FFO to debt of about 80%
in 2024 and 2025."

S&P would lower the rating if:

-- Liquidity becomes constrained such that sources are
insufficient to meet the company's maintenance capital spending
requirements and financial obligations; or

-- The company is unable to manage its credit facility and debt
maturities to limit refinancing risk.

S&P said, "We believe Vesta's liquidity could weaken if commodity
prices fell below our expectations without a corresponding decrease
in spending, or if capital spending is significantly above our
base-case scenario estimates.

"We believe the company's credit profile and our rating will remain
constrained by Vesta's limited scale, narrow operational and
geographic focus, and private equity-sponsored ownership."
Nevertheless, S&P could raise the rating if the company:

-- Materially expands its operational scope and scale;

-- Maintains adequate liquidity; and

-- Continues to generate positive free operating cash flow.




VESTOGE FREDERICK: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to August 19
----------------------------------------------------------------
Vestoge Frederick MD, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Maryland to extend its exclusivity period to file a
chapter 11 plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to
August 19 and October 18, 2024, respectively.

The Debtor is a Maryland limited liability company with its
corporate headquarters located in Ashburn, Virginia.

The Debtor owns various subdivided building lots located in the
City of Frederick, Maryland, known as Lots 1-2, Lots 18-24, and
Lots 33-38, Section One, Birdseye View Estates; Lots 3-11 and Lots
25-29, Section One, Birdseye View Estates; Lots 12-17 and Lots 30
32, Section One, Birdseye View Estates; Lots 1-5 and Lots 17-21,
Section One, Bowers Park; and Lots 6-16, Section One, Bowers Park
(the "Lots").

The events precipitating this chapter 11 filing are a combination
of economic factors, including inflation and increased building
costs, exceeded budgets, the entry of the Snyder Mechanic's Lien,
and the impracticability of proceeding under the Drees Agreement.

The Debtor explains that the reorganization proceeding was filed
for the purpose of rejecting the Drees Agreement and the Devlan
Agreement, avoiding the Snyder Mechanic's Lien, restructuring the
Romney debt, and negotiating a potential transaction with Drees or
finding another partner to develop the Lots, or, alternatively,
selling the Lots free and clear of liens, claims, and
encumbrances.

Admittedly, this is not a large or overly complicated case.
However, the Debtor has worked expeditiously to reject certain
executory contracts, avoid Snyder's mechanic's lien, and negotiate
with prospective purchasers of the Property.

The Debtor asserts that it continues to negotiate with prospective
purchasers of the Property and expects that it will select a
stalking horse and run a sale process. The Debtor believes it is
prudent to preserve its exclusive right to file a plan while it
works through the issues relating to the sale of the Property. The
Debtor believes that good cause exists to grant the Motion and
extend the Debtor's Exclusive Periods to file a proposed plan and
solicit acceptances thereto.

Vestoge Frederick MD, LLC is represented by:

                  Brent C. Strickland, Esq.
                  WHITEFORD, TAYLOR & PRESTON L.L.P.
                  111 Rockville Pike, Suite 800
                  Rockville, MD 20852
                  Tel: (410) 347-9402
                  Email: bstrickland@whitefordlaw.com

                    About Vestoge Frederick MD

Vestoge Frederick MD, LLC is engaged in activities related to real
estate.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 24-10536) on January 22,
2024, with $10 million to $50 million in assets and $1 million to
$10 million in liabilities. Ramesh Kalwala, Member Vestoge
Frederick MD, LLC, signed the petition.

Brent C. Strickland, Esq. at WHITEFORD, TAYLOR & PRESTON L.L.P.
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


VIVAKOR INC: Nasdaq Bid Price Compliance Restored
-------------------------------------------------
Vivakor, Inc. announced that it has received notice from The Nasdaq
Stock Market informing the Company that, after having a closing bid
price at or greater than $1.00 per share for 10 consecutive
business days from April 19 to May 2, 2024, the Company has
regained compliance with the minimum closing bid price requirement
under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) for continued listing on The
Nasdaq Capital Market, and that the matter is now closed.

                       About Vivakor Inc.

Coralville, Iowa-based Vivakor, Inc. is a socially responsible
operator, acquirer and developer of technologies and assets in the
oil and gas industry, as well as related environmental solutions.
Currently, the Company's efforts are primarily focused on operating
crude oil gathering, storage and transportation facilities, as well
as contaminated soil remediation services.

As of Dec. 31, 2023, the Company had $71.23 million in total
assets, $54 million in total liabilities, and $17.24 million in
total stockholders' equity.

Houston, Texas-based Marcum LLP, the Company's auditor since 2022,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated April
16, 2024, citing that the Company has a significant working capital
deficiency, has incurred significant losses and needs to raise
additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain its
operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.


WERNER FINCO: Moody's Hikes CFR to Caa1 & Alters Outlook to Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings upgraded Werner FinCo LP's (Werner) corporate
family rating to Caa1 from Caa2 and probability of default rating
to Caa1-PD from Caa2-PD.  Moody's also upgraded the company's
senior secured notes to B3 from Caa1, senior secured junior notes
to Caa2 from Caa3, and senior unsecured notes to Caa3 from Ca. The
outlook is changed to stable from negative.

"Werner's upgrade to Caa1 and stable outlook reflect the company's
improved operating performance with volume stabilizing and margins
improving. The company's leverage has declined meaningfully from
almost 10x at time of its refinancing in early 2023 to near 7x a
year later," said Justin Remsen, Moody's Assistant Vice President.

"Despite the company's meaningful improvement in results, its
ability to generate free cash flow will continue to be challenged
by elevated costs including interest, taxes, and finance leases,"
added Remsen.                

RATINGS RATIONALE

Werner's Caa1 CFR reflects the company's high leverage and weak
free cash flow. The rating also reflects cyclical end markets,
where the residential construction market can contract quickly and
have an acute impact on the company's financial profile.  Werner's
profitability is also vulnerable to volatile raw material costs
including steel and aluminum.  The company has customer
concentration with The Home Depot, Inc. (A2 stable) and Lowe's
Companies, Inc. (Baa1 stable) representing a material portion of
sales. These retailers are high-volume purchasers with strong
bargaining power.  Strengths include the company's leading market
position for its products, especially Werner-branded ladders,
jobsite storage and truck boxes. The company also has a track
record of developing innovative products that fulfill needs in the
marketplace.

Moody's forecasts that Werner will have weak liquidity over the
next 12 to 18 months.  As of March 31, 2024, Werner had $92 million
of total liquidity available, including $22 million cash and $70
million availability under the company's million asset-based
lending (ABL) revolver.  Moody's anticipates increased reliance on
the ABL as the company generates negative free cash flow of about
$15 million in 2024 and 2025. Moody's projects Werner will maintain
limited cushion under the ABL's fixed charge coverage ratio over
the next 12 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if Werner operates with
debt-to-EBITDA below 6.25x, EBITA-to-interest above 1.5x and
positive free cash flow. An upgrade would also be predicated on an
improved liquidity profile.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company's operating
performance or liquidity deteriorates. EBITA-to-interest maintained
below 1.0x could also result in a downgrade. Finally, a downgrade
would likely result if the likelihood of a restructuring resulting
in a reduction in recovery prospects for creditors or a default
increase.

Werner, headquartered in Itasca, Illinois, is a global manufacturer
and distributor of ladders, jobsite storage and truck and van tool
storage products and other equipment used in the construction
industry. For the twelve months that ended March 2024, the company
generated $1.2 billion in sales. Triton Partners, through its
affiliates, is primary owner of Werner.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Manufacturing
published in September 2021.


WORKSPORT LTD: Recurring Losses Raise Going Concern Doubt
---------------------------------------------------------
Worksport Ltd. disclosed in a Form 10-Q Report filed with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission for the quarter ended March 31,
2024, that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue
as a going concern within the next 12 months.

As of March 31, 2024, the Company had $3,536,980 in cash and cash
equivalents. The Company has generated only limited revenues and
has relied primarily upon capital generated from public and private
offerings of its securities. Since the Company's acquisition of
Worksport in fiscal year 2014, it has never generated a profit. As
of March 31, 2024, the Company had an accumulated deficit of
$52,027,834.

During the three months ended March 31, 2024, the Company had net
losses of $3,714,657 (2023 - $3,523,270). As of March 31, 2024, the
Company had working capital of $2,901,401 (December 31, 2023 –
$1,956,894) and had an accumulated deficit of $52,027,834 (December
31, 2023 - $48,313,177). The Company has not generated profit from
operations since inception and to date has relied on debt and
equity financing for continued operations. The Company's ability to
continue as a going concern is dependent upon the ability to
generate cash flows from operations and obtain equity or debt
financing. The Company intends to continue funding operations
through equity and debt financing arrangements, which may be
insufficient to fund its capital expenditures, working capital and
other cash requirements in the long term. There can be no assurance
that the steps management is taking will be successful.

Despite the Company having mostly completed its purchasing of large
manufacturing machinery, operational costs are expected to remain
elevated and, thus, further decrease cash and cash equivalents.
Concurrently, the Company intends to continue its ramp-up of
manufacturing and increasing sales volumes in 2024, which should
mitigate the effects of operational costs on cash and cash
equivalents; this view is supported by the fact that the
manufacturing facility of the Company was completed for initial
production output in 2023 and has started to generate revenue in
the third quarter of 2023.

The Company has successfully raised cash, and it is positioned to
do so again if deemed necessary or strategically advantageous.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company, through its
Reg-A public offering, private placement offering, underwritten
public offering, and exercises of warrants, raised an aggregate of
approximately $32,500,000. On September 30, 2022, the Company filed
a shelf registration statement on Form S-3, which was declared
effective by the SEC on October 13, 2022, allowing the Company to
issue up to $30,000,000 of common stock and prospectus supplement
covering the offering, issuance and sale of up to $13,000,000 of
common stock that may be issued and sold under an At The Market
Offering Agreement dated September 30, 2022, with H.C. Wainwright &
Co., LLC, as the sales agent. Pursuant to the ATM Agreement, HCW is
entitled to a commission equal to 3% of the gross sales price of
the shares of common stock sold. As of March 31, 2024, the Company
has sold and issued 604,048 shares of common stock in consideration
for net proceeds of $780,356 under the ATM Agreement.

On November 2, 2023, the Company consummated a registered direct
offering pursuant to which the Company issued 1,925,000 shares of
common stock and 1,575,000 pre-funded warrants to an institutional
investor for a total net proceeds of $4,261,542. Concurrently with
the registered direct offering, the Company issued the same
institutional investor 7,000,000 warrants in a private sale. The
warrants are exercisable for 7,000,000 shares of common stock for
$1.34 per share six months after issuance and until five and a half
years from the issuance date, subject to beneficial ownership
limitations as described in the warrants. The Company registered
the 7,000,000 shares of common stock underlying the warrants on a
Form S-1 (333-276241) which was declared effective by the SEC on
December 29, 2023.

On March 20, 2024, the Company consummated a registered direct
offering pursuant to which the Company issued 2,372,240 shares of
common stock and 1,477,892 pre-funded warrants to the same
institutional investor as in the Company's registered direct
offering on November 2, 2023, for a total net proceeds of
$2,629,083. Concurrently with the registered direct offering, the
Company issued the institutional investor 7,700,264 warrants in a
private sale. The warrants are exercisable for 7,700,264 shares of
common stock for $0.74 per share six months after issuance until
five and a half years from the issuance date, subject to beneficial
ownership limitations as described in the warrants. The Company
registered the 7,700,264 shares of common stock underlying the
warrants on a Form S-1 (333-278461) which was declared effective by
the SEC on April 8, 2024.

To date, the Company's principal sources of liquidity consist of
net proceeds from public and private securities offerings and cash
exercises of outstanding warrants. Management is focused on
transitioning towards revenue as its principal source of liquidity
by growing existing product offerings as well as the Company's
customer base. The Company cannot give assurance that it can
increase its cash balances or limit its cash consumption and thus
maintain sufficient cash balances for planned operations or future
business developments. Future business development and demands may
lead to cash utilization at levels greater than recently
experienced. The Company may need to raise additional capital in
the future. However, the Company cannot provide assurances it will
be able to raise additional capital on acceptable terms, or at
all.

A full-text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at
https://tinyurl.com/22pyyfpt

                       About Worksport Ltd.

West Seneca, N.Y.-based Worksport Ltd., through its subsidiaries,
designs, develops, manufactures, and owns intellectual property on
a portfolio of tonneau cover, solar integration, portable power
station, and NP (Non-Parasitic), Hydrogen-based green energy
products and solutions for the automotive aftermarket accessories,
power storage, residential heating, and electric vehicle-charging
industries.

As of March 31, 2024, the Company has $27,290,843 in total assets,
$8,390,124 in total liabilities, and $18,900,719 in total
shareholders' equity.



WW INTERNATIONAL: 5 of 6 Proposals OK'd at Annual Meeting
---------------------------------------------------------
WW International, Inc. held its 2024 Annual Meeting on May 9, 2024.
At the meeting, the Company's shareholders:

     (1) elected Denis F. Kelly and Julie Rice to serve as Class II
directors for a term of three years expiring at the Company's 2027
annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been
duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of their
resignation, removal, retirement, disqualification or death;

     (2) elected Tara Comonte and William H. Shrank, M.D. to serve
as Class I directors for a term of two years expiring at the
Company's 2026 annual meeting of shareholders and until their
successors have been duly elected and qualified or until the
earlier of their resignation, removal, retirement, disqualification
or death;

     (3) ratified the selection of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as
the Company's independent registered public accounting firm for
fiscal 2024;

     (4) approved the amendment to the Company's Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation to adopt a majority voting
standard in uncontested elections of directors. The Second Amended
and Restated Articles of Incorporation retain the plurality voting
standard in contested elections of directors.

Effective May 13, 2024 the Company amended and restated its Amended
and Restated Articles of Incorporation to delete Section D of
Article III thereof to reflect the cancellation of the Company's
previously outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and implement
additional immaterial technical and conforming changes.

The Company also amended and restated its Amended and Restated
Bylaws to update and expand certain procedural and informational
requirements for shareholder nominations for election of directors
or proposals of business at the Company's shareholder meetings
pursuant to the Company's "advance notice" provisions, including
updates to reflect the adoption of "universal proxy" rules as set
forth in Rule 14a-19 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended. The Amended and Restated Bylaws also delete certain
obsolete provisions relating to the equity ownership of the
Company's former controlling shareholder and implement additional
immaterial technical and conforming changes.

     (5) did not approve the amendment to the Company's Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation to delete various provisions
related to the Company's former controlling shareholder that are no
longer applicable; and

     (6) approved, on an advisory basis, the Company's named
executive officer compensation.

                      About WW International

Headquartered in New York, WW International Inc. is a technology
company at the forefront of weight health, grounded in nutritional
and behavior change science.  The Company is powered by its weight
loss and weight management programs, its award-winning app and its
commitment to tailoring solutions for its members to improve their
weight health, including providing medical weight management
treatment via access to clinician-prescribed weight management
medications and related support through the WeightWatchers Clinic
affiliated practices.

WW International reported a net loss of $112.25 million in 2023
following a net loss of $256.87 million in 2022.

                           *     *     *

As reported by the TCR on March 13, 2024, S&P Global Ratings
downgraded New York-based WW International Inc.'s ICR to 'CCC+'
from 'B-'.  S&P said the negative outlook reflects the possibility
that S&P could lower its rating on WW if it is unable to improve
its performance and it envisions a default occurring in the
subsequent 12 months.



ZEBRA TECHNOLOGIES: Moody's Affirms 'Ba1' CFR, Outlook Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Zebra Technologies Corporation's (Zebra)
Ba1 Corporate Family Rating and Ba1-PD Probability of Default
Rating. Moody's also affirmed Zebra's and Zebra Diamond Holdings
Limited's, a subsidiary of Zebra, Ba1 senior secured bank credit
facility rating. Moody's assigned a Ba2 rating to Zebra's proposed
senior unsecured notes. The Speculative Grade Liquidity (SGL)
rating under Zebra is upgraded to SGL-1 from SGL-2. The outlook for
both Zebra Technologies Corporation and Zebra Diamond Holdings
Limited remains stable.  

RATINGS RATIONALE

The Ba1 CFR reflects Zebra's leading positions in core businesses,
including mobile computing, data capture, barcode printing, and
services. Moreover, Zebra's longstanding customer relationships and
large installed base of products provide recurring supplies and
services revenues. This supports underlying organic growth,
augmented by capability enhancing acquisitions, particularly in the
areas of machine vision, industrial automation and software. Since
the end of 2015 (the first full year following the company's
acquisition of Motorola Solutions, Inc.'s Enterprise business),
Zebra has increased revenues to as high as $5.8 billion in 2022,
although moderating to $4.4 billion in the LTM period ended March
30, 2024 driven by cyclical end market demand.

The credit profile is constrained by Zebra's propensity for M&A,
which in some cases has resulted in material increases in leverage.
Zebra has made nine acquisitions since 2018 for total net
consideration of approximately $2.2 billion. Most recently in 2022,
Zebra acquired Matrox Electronic Systems Ltd. (Matrox), a developer
of advanced machine vision components and software, for $881
million in cash. With an amendment to its credit facility in the
same year, funded debt balances increased to about $2 billion at
year end from just under $1 billion at the end of 2021. Added debt
along with cyclically driven sales declines in 2023 resulted in
leverage increasing to about 3.5x.

Moody's expects leverage to decrease to below 3x in 2024 and low-2x
by 2025. When leverage falls below the downgrade trigger of 3x,
Zebra has some added flexibility to pursue further acquisitions and
weather more elongated business cyclicality. Moody's would expect
that Zebra will remain committed to de-leveraging back to its
targeted leverage of 1.5x-2.5x reported net debt to EBITDA.

Zebra benefits from good underlying growth within its core
capabilities including enterprise mobile computing, data capture,
industrial printing and associated support services. Core growth of
4%-5% along with high-single digit growth in adjacencies and double
digit growth in the company's identified expansion areas including
fixed industrial scanning, warehouse automation and software,
supports long term organic growth of 5%-7%. However, growth can be
cyclical, as evidenced by near term results.

While the company has relatively diversified end market exposure,
it is guiding towards growth of between 1% and 5% for this year,
following a nearly 21% decline in 2023. Zebra's end markets have
seen a sharp pullback in demand, with mobile computing particularly
hard hit, amplified by distributor destocking activity. While these
trends will improve this year, Zebra will operate at a lower
revenue base than compared to 2021 and 2022.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that revenues will
increase in the low single digit percent this year while improving
to mid-single digit next year, with improving margins as the
company benefits from cost actions and improved operating leverage.
Moody's also expects that Zebra will continue to balance its
capital allocation across shareholder return, acquisitions, and
debt repayment to maintain leverage within its target range (1.5x -
2.5x reported net debt to EBITDA) inclusive of the proposed notes.

In addition, in 2024, Zebra should return to healthy, positive free
cash flow as margins improve and given the company completed its
final settlement payment. In June 2022 Zebra entered into a license
and settlement agreement with Honeywell International Inc.,
resolving patent-related litigation, agreeing to pay $360 million
in eight quarterly installments, concluding Q1 2024.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if Zebra generates consistent revenue
growth above the low single digit percentage range with expanding
EBITDA margins, increasing free cash flow, and debt to EBITDA
maintained at less than 2x (Moody's adjusted). Zebra would also
need to maintain very good liquidity and a balanced financial
policy as well as refrain from debt-financed returns to
shareholders or frequent sizable debt financed transactions.
Ratings could be downgraded if revenues fail to grow in line with
the industry or if margins weaken. Ratings could also be downgraded
if Moody's expects that debt to EBITDA will be sustained above 3x
(Moody's adjusted).

Instrument ratings reflect both Zebra's Ba1-PD Probability of
Default Rating and the average expected loss of individual debt
instruments in a default scenario. The Ba1 ratings on the Revolver
and Term Loans A are in line with the Ba1 Corporate Family Rating
(CFR) given a 1st lien on collateral and loss absorption of the
proposed unsecured notes, which are rated Ba2, one notch below the
CFR. Zebra's receivables financing facilities benefit from a
first-priority security interest in U.S. domestically originated
accounts receivable.

The SGL-1 reflects Zebra's very good liquidity supported by the
company's reduced reliance on the revolver and improved headroom
with the financial maintenance leverage covenant. Moody's expects
improved internal liquidity generation in 2024 with free cash of
approximately $600 million, on improved top line and margin and the
final settlement payment having been made in Q1 2024. Liquidity is
supplemented by the $1.5 billion revolving credit facility
terminating in 2027, which had availability of about $1.3 billion
at March 30, 2024. Zebra had $127 million in cash at March 30,
2024. Pro forma to the notes offering, Zebra will have nearly full
availability under its revolver and approximately $350 million in
cash. Moody's expects Zebra will maintain ample cushion to the
credit facilities' two financial maintenance covenants (3.25x
secured net leverage and 3.00x consolidated interest coverage) over
the next 12 months.

Based in Lincolnshire, IL, Zebra Technologies Corporation is a
provider of mobile computers, barcode scanners, radio frequency
identification devices (RFID) and specialized printers serving
retail/ecommerce, manufacturing, transportation and logistics,
healthcare, and other industries. Revenues were $4.4 billion for
the LTM period ended March 30, 2024.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Diversified
Technology published in February 2022.


ZEVRA THERAPEUTICS: 3 of 4 Proposals OK'd at Annual Meeting
-----------------------------------------------------------
Zevra Therapeutics, Inc. convened its 2024 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders on May 13, 2024, during which the stockholders voted
to:

     * elect three Class III directors to the Company's board of
directors to hold office until the 2027 annual meeting of
stockholders;

     * ratify the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the
independent registered public accounting firm of the Company for
its fiscal year ending December 31, 2024;

     * approve, on an advisory and non-binding basis, the
compensation of the Company's named executive officers; and

     * approve amendments to the Company's Amended and Restated
2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Of the 41,850,494 shares outstanding as of the March 22, 2024
record date, at least 31,194,215 shares, or 74.54%, were present or
represented by proxy at the 2024 Annual Meeting.

At the 2024 Annual Meeting, each of Thomas D. Anderson, Neil F.
McFarlane, and Alvin Shih, M.D. was elected as a director of the
Company. The stockholders of the Company also ratified the
appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the independent registered
public accounting firm of the Company for its fiscal year ending
December 31, 2024, and approved, on an advisory and non-binding
basis, the compensation of the Company's named executive officers.
The stockholders of the Company did not approve the amendments to
the Company's Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

                     About Zevra Therapeutics

Celebration, Fla.-based Zevra Therapeutics, Inc. is a rare disease
company combining science, data, and patient needs to create
transformational therapies for diseases with limited or no
treatment options. Its mission is to bring life-changing
therapeutics to people living with rare diseases. With unique,
data-driven development and commercialization strategies, the
Company is overcoming complex drug development challenges to make
new therapies available to the rare disease community.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $172.3 million in total
assets, $110.5 million in total liabilities, and $61.9 million in
total stockholders' equity.

Orlando, Florida-based Ernst & Young LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2022, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated April 1, 2024, citing that the Company has sustained
recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations, and has
stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.



ZOE CLEANING: Unsecureds to Get Share of Income for 3 Years
-----------------------------------------------------------
Zoe Cleaning Services, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of Indiana a Small Business Plan of
Reorganization dated May 6, 2024.

Zoe owns and operates a contract commercial cleaning company which
provides routine janitorial services as well as property damage
restoration. Zoe was incorporated in 2001 as an Indiana
corporation.

Zoe is located in Greenwood, Indiana. Zoe's assets consist of
personal property such as accounts, accounts receivable, equipment,
machinery, computer, phones, cameras, misc. electronic equipment,
and 6 vehicles used in the business. Zoe's sole shareholder is
Gregory Huffman.

Zoe continues to market its business to increase its revenue and
has worked to reduce its overhead expenses.

All Claims arising from the past or present debt of the Debtor
shall be bound by the provisions of this Plan. This Plan combines
the classification, allowance, and treatment of Claims.

Class 7 consists of General Unsecured Claims. The unsecured
creditors shall receive a pro-rata share of the disposable income
of the Debtor commencing on the one-year anniversary of the
Confirmation Date and continuing annually thereafter for two
additional years. The Debtor believes there are 7 parties with
valid, unsecured Claims against the Debtor totaling $314,745.24
plus the deficiency claims of the under-secured creditors.

Gordon Plumbing, Inc. filed a Proof of Claim 14 for $12,697.00;
however, it did not attach any supporting documentation. The Debtor
disputes any claim of Gordon Plumbing, Inc. Class 7 claims are
impaired, and holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims are entitled to
vote.

Gregory Huffman shall continue as the sole shareholder of Zoe.

The source of funds used in this Plan for payments to creditors
shall be the net annual income of the Debtor for three years
resulting from continued, normal business operations of the
Debtor's business. The Debtor shall contribute all net disposable
income toward Plan payments; however, Debtor shall reserve a
portion of the net income to fund a reserve.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated May 6, 2024 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=sMzQ5P from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Jeffrey M. Hester, Esq.
     HESTER BAKER KREBS LLC
     One Indiana Sq. Suite 1330
     Indianapolis IN 46204
     Tel: (317) 833-3030
     Email: jhester@hnkfirm.com

                   About Zoe Cleaning Services

Zoe Cleaning Services, Inc., owns and operates a contract
commercial cleaning company which provides routine janitorial
services as well as property damage restoration.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No. 24-00507) on Feb. 5, 2024, with
$100,001 to $500,000 in assets and $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Jeffrey J. Graham oversees the case.

David R. Krebs, Esq., at Hester Baker Krebs, LLC, is the Debtor's
legal counsel.


[^] BOOK REVIEW: The First Junk Bond
------------------------------------
Author: Harlan D. Platt
Publisher: Beard Books
Softcover: 236 pages
List Price: $34.95
http://www.beardbooks.com/beardbooks/the_first_junk_bond.html  

Only one in ten failed businesses is equal to the task of
reorganizing itself and satisfying its prior debts in some
fashion.

This engrossing book follows the extraordinary journey of Texas
International, Inc. (known by its New York Stock Exchange stock
symbol, TEI), through its corporate growth and decline, debt
exchange offers, and corporate renaissance as Phoenix Resource
Companies, Inc. As Harlan Platt puts it, TEI "flourished for a
brief luminous moment but then crashed to earth and was consumed."

TEI's story features attention-grabbing characters, petroleum
exploration innovations, financial innovations, and lots of risk
taking.

The First Junk Bond was originally published in 1994 and received
solidly favorable reviews. The then-managing director of High Yield
Securities Research and Economics for Merrill Lynch said that the
book "is a richly detailed case study. Platt integrates corporate
history, industry fundamentals, financial analysis and bankruptcy
law on a scale that has rarely, if ever, been attempted." A retired
U.S. Bankruptcy Court judge noted, "[i]t should appeal as
supplementary reading to students in both business schools and law
schools. Even those who practice.in the areas of business law,
accounting and investments can obtain a greater understanding and
perspective of their professional expertise."

"TEI's saga is noteworthy because of the company's resilience and
ingenuity in coping with the changing environment of the 1980s, its
execution of innovative corporate strategies that were widely
imitated and its extraordinary trading history," says the author.

TEI issued the first junk bond. In 1986 it achieved the largest
percentage gain on the NYSE, and in 1987 suffered the largest
percentage loss. It issued one of the first bonds secured by a
physical commodity and then later issued one of the first PIK
(payment in kind) bonds. It was one of the first vulture investors,
to be targeted by vulture investors later on. Its president was
involved in an insider trading scandal. It innovated strip
financing. It engaged in several workouts to sell off operations
and raise cash to reduce debt. It completed three exchange offers
that converted debt in to equity.

In 1977, TEI, primarily an oil production outfit, had had a
reprieve from bankruptcy through Michael Milken's first ever junk
bond. The fresh capital had allowed TEI to acquire a controlling
interest of Phoenix Resources Company, a part of King Resources
Company. TEI purchased creditors' claims against King that were
subsequently converted into stock under the terms of King's
reorganization plan. Only two years later, cash deficiencies forced
Phoenix to sell off its non-energy businesses. Vulture investors
tried to buy up outstanding TEI stock. TEI sold off its own
non-energy businesses, and focused on oil and gas exploration. An
enormous oil discovery in Egypt made the future look grand. The
value of TEI stock soared. Somehow, however, less than two years
later, TEI was in bankruptcy. What a ride!

All told, the book has 63 tables and 32 figures on all aspects of
TEI's rise, fall, and renaissance. Businesspeople will find
especially absorbing the details of how the company's bankruptcy
filing affected various stakeholders, the bankruptcy negotiation
process, and the alternative post-bankruptcy financial structures
that were considered. Those interested in the oil and gas industry
will find the book a primer on the subject, with an appendix
devoted to exploration and drilling, and another on oil and gas
accounting.

Dr. Harlan D. Platt is a professor of Finance at D'Amore-McKim
School of Business at Northeastern University. He is a member of
the Board of Directors of Millennium Chemicals Inc. and is on the
advisory board of the Millennium Liquidating Trust. He served as
the Associate Editor-Finance for the Journal of Business Research.
He received a Ph.D. from the University of Michigan, and holds a
B.A. degree from Northwestern University.

This book may be ordered by calling 888-563-4573 or by visiting
www.beardbooks.com or through your favorite Internet or local
bookseller.



                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., USA.
Randy Antoni, Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante,
Rousel Elaine Tumanda, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Psyche A. Castillon,
Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and
Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2024.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The TCR subscription rate is $975 for 6 months delivered via
e-mail.  Additional e-mail subscriptions for members of the same
firm for the term of the initial subscription or balance thereof
are $25 each.  For subscription information, contact Peter A.
Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***